annotate lisp/loaddefs.el @ 30878:13a1a0ec31e5

(grep): Provide a default set of files. (next-error): Docstring fix. (compilation-find-file): Avoid find-file (fails in a dedicated window).
author Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
date Wed, 16 Aug 2000 20:20:43 +0000
parents 338238ca63ce
children c0199a9a07fa
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2 ;;
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3 ;;; Code:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14247 4566))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11 Play 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14 squares you must fill the grid.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
30
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
33
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
36
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
39
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
42 mutating the result." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
43
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
46
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
51
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
52 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
53
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
55 ;;;;;; (14716 9490))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
57
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
61 extensions.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
63 name" nil nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
64
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
72
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
75
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
92
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 If you use imenu.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
95
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
96 If you use find-file.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
107
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
108 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
109
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
111 ;;;;;; (14716 9444))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
113
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
120 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
121 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
122 ;;;;;; "add-log" "add-log.el" (14647 32001))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 current buffer to the complete file name." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
156 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
157 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
158 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
165 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
166 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
167 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
168 name and site.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
169 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
170 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
172 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
173 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
175 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
176 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
177 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
180 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
185 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
186 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
188 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
189 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
191 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
192 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
194 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
195 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
197 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
198 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
199 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
200 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
201 `add-log-current-defun-function'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
203 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
204
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
205 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
206 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
207 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
208 the appropriate motion commands).
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
209
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
210 Entries are inserted in chronological order.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
211
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
212 Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
213 so this command could be used to convert old-style logs by merging
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
214 with an empty log." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
215
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
216 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
218 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
219 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (14660
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
220 ;;;;;; 49405))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
223 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
226 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
227 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
228 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
229 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
230 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
231 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
232 interpreted as `error'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
234 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
235 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
236 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
237 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
238 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
239 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
240 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
241 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
243 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
244 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
246 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
247 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
248 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
249 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
250 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
251 will be overwritten with the new one.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
252 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
253 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
254 will clear the cache." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
257 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 BODY... )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 see also `ad-add-advice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 Semantics of the various flags:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 advised function should be compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
290 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 during activation until somebody enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
298 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
299 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
300 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
301 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
302 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 during preloading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
305 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
309 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
310 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
311 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14707 20012))
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
312 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
313
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
314 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
315 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
316 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
317 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
318 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
319 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
320 rule's `separate' attribute).
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
321
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
322 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
323 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
324 `separate' attribute set.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
325
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
326 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
327 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
328 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
329 on the format of these lists." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
330
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
331 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
332 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
333 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
334 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
335 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
336 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
337 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
338 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
339 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
340 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
341 options.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
342
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
343 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
344 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
345
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
346 Fred (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
347 Alice (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
348 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
349 Joe (123) 456-7890
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
350
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
351 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
352 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
353 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
354
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
355 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
356 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
357 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
358 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
359 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
360 align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
361
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
362 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
363 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
364 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
365 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
366 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
367 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
368 been used to align that section." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
369
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
370 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
371 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
372 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
373 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
374 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
375 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
376 to be colored." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
377
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
378 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
379 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
380
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
381 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
382 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
383
27327
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
384 ;;;***
c7597f93c50d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27326
diff changeset
385
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
387 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14723 62215))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
388 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
391 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
392 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
406 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
407 ;;;;;; (14642 37233))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
409
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
410 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
411 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
412 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
413
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
414 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
415 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
416 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
417
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
418 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
419
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
423 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
429 as the first thing on a line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 (defvar appt-audible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 (defvar appt-visible t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
454 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
460 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
461 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
462 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
463 put in the appointments list.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
464 02/23/89
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
465 12:00pm lunch
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
466 Wednesday
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
467 10:00am group meeting
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
468 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
469 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
470 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
472 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
475 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14671
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
476 ;;;;;; 47519))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
477 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
478
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
479 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
480 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
481
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
482 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
483
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
486 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
487 normal variables." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
492 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
493 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494 noninteractive functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
500 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
501 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
502 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
503 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
506 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
507 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
512 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
513 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
514 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
515 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
520 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14665
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
521 ;;;;;; 58573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
522 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
532 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
533 archive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
539 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14460 38616))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 Major mode for editing arrays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
549 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
552 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 The variables are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561 Variables you assign:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
562 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
563 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
564 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
565 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
566 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 row numbers in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 Variables which are calculated:
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
570 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
571 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 take a numeric prefix argument):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 between that of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 newlines inside rows)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
604 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
606 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
608 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14286
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
609 ;;;;;; 393))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
616 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
617 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
618 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
619 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 \\{asm-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "auto-show.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
636 ;;;;;; (14516 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 ;;; Generated autoloads from auto-show.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
639 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
640 Obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
643 This command is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
646
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
647 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
648 ;;;;;; (14651 36399))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
649 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
650
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
651 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
652 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
653 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
654 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
655 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
656 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
657 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
658 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
659 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
660 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
661
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
662 For example:
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
663 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
664 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
665 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
666 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
667 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
668
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
669 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
670
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
671 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
672 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
673 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
674 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
675 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
676 &c to supply digit arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
677
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
678 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
679
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
680 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
681
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
682 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
683 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
685
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
686 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
687 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
688
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
689 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
690
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
692 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14410 18534))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
695 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
696 Insert default contents into a new file if `auto-insert' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
705 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
706 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
707 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
708
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
709 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
710 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
712 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
714 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
715 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
716 ;;;;;; (14659 23014))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
719 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
720 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
721 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
723 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
724 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
725 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
727 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
728 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
729 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
731 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
734 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
735 ;;;;;; (14495 17959))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
738 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
739 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
740
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
741 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
742 instead.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
743
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
744 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
745 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
746
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
747 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
748 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
749
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
750 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
751
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
752 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
753
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
776 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
777 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14659 22945))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
780 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
781 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
782 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
784 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
785
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
786 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
787
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
788 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
789
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none` and `banish'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799 Effects of the different modes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 a random distance & direction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
811 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
812 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
817 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14546
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
818 ;;;;;; 45178))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 Major mode for editing AWK code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. It uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 the same keymap as C mode and has the same variables for customizing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 Turning on AWK mode calls the value of the variable `awk-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
833 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
846 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
856 ;;;;;; (14693 50816))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 Display battery status information in the echo area.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
861 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 Display battery status information in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 The text beeing displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 seconds." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
872
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
873 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14504
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
874 ;;;;;; 9460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
875 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
877 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
878 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
880 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
881 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
882 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
883 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
884 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
887 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
892 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
893 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
895 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
896 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
897 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
898 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
899 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
900 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
904 BibTeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
907 Special information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
911 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
912 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
913 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
914 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
915 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
916 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
917 current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
921 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
922 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
923 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
924 bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 The following may be of interest as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 bibtex-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 bibtex-kill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 bibtex-yank-pop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938 bibtex-pop-previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 bibtex-pop-next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940 bibtex-complete-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 bibtex-complete-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 bibtex-print-help-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
943 bibtex-generate-autokey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
944 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
945 bibtex-end-of-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 bibtex-reposition-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 bibtex-mark-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 bibtex-ispell-abstract
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
949 bibtex-ispell-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 bibtex-sort-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 bibtex-validate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 bibtex-count
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 bibtex-fill-entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 bibtex-reformat
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 bibtex-convert-alien
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 bibtex-field-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961 bibtex-include-OPTkey
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 bibtex-user-optional-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 bibtex-entry-format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
966 bibtex-entry-field-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 bibtex-predefined-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 bibtex-string-files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 ---------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
978 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
979 ;;;;;; 27947))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
980 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
982 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
983 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
984 the default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
986 What is blackbox?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
988 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
989 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
990 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
991 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
992 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
993 your score.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
995 Overview of play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
997 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
998 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
999 four.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1001 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1002 movement keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1004 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1005 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1007 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1008 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1010 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1011 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1012 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1013 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1014 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1015 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1017 Details:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1019 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1021 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1022 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1023 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1024 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1026 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1027 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1028 denoted by the letter `R'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1030 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 denoted by the letter `H'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1035 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1037 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1038 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1039 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1040 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1041 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1042 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1043 ray.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1045 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1046 degree deflection it causes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1048 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1049 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1050 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1051 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1052 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1053 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1054 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1055 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1056 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1057 2 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1059 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1060 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1063 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1064 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1068 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1069 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1070 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1072 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1073 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1074 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1075 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1076 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1077 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1078 emerging from the box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1080 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1083 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1084 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1085 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1086 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1087 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1088 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1091 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1092 a reflection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1096 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1097 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1098 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1099 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1100 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1101 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (14653 63162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1102 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1103 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1104 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1105 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1107 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1108 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1109 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1110 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1111 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1112 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1114 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1116 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1118 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1134 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1136 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1138 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 (add-hook (quote kill-emacs-hook) (function (lambda nil (and (featurep (quote bookmark)) bookmark-alist (bookmark-time-to-save-p t) (bookmark-save)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1146 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1147 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 recent one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 yank successive words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 name of the file being visited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1183 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1184 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1185 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1188 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1190 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1191 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1192 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1193 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1195 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1196 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1197 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1198
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1199 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1200 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1201 name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1203 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1204 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1205 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1206 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1207 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1208 this." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1210 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1211 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1212 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1213 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1214 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1215 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1216 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1217 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1219 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1220 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1221 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1223 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1224 Save currently defined bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1225 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1226 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1227 \(second argument).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1229 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1230 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1231 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1232 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1233 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1235 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1236 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1237 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1238 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1240 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1241 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1242 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1243 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1244 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1245 while loading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1248 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1249 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1251 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1252 explicitly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1254 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1256 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1260 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1261 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1263 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1270 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1274 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1276 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1277 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1278 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1280 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1281 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1282 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1295 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1296 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1297 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1299 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1300 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1301 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1302 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1303 prompts for NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1304 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1305 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1306 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1308 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1309 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1310 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1312 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1313 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1314 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1316 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1317 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1318 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1319 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1320 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1321 one most recently used in this file, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1327 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1329 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1331 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1333 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1335 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1337 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1339 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1341 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1343 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1345 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1347 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1349 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1351 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1353 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1354 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1355 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1356 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1357 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1358 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1359 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-p
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1360 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1361 ;;;;;; (14558 23455))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
1362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1364 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1365 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1366 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1367 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1369 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1370 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1371 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1372 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1373 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1375 (defvar browse-url-new-window-p nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1376 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1377 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1378 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1379 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1381 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1382 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1384 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1385 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1389 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 narrowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1404 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1407 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1408 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1410 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1411 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1412 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1413 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1415 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1425 to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 program is invoked according to the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1451 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1457 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1458 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1459 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1462 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1463 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1464 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1466 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1467 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1468 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1470 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1471 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1472 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1482 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1484 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1486 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1487 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1488 Default to the URL around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1491 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1492 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1497 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1498 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1499 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1500 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1502 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1503 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1504 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1506 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 current one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-p' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535 `browse-url-new-window-p'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1537 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1538 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-p'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1540 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1541 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1542 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1543 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1544 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1550 ;;;;;; 42538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1554 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1557 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1562 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (14495 17961))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1564
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1565 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1566 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1567 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1568 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1569
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1570 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1571 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1572 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1573 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1574
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1575 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1576 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1577
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffer list or buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1580 \\<bs-mode-map>
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1585
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1590 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1591
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1592 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
1593
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
1597 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (14647 32029))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1602 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 Print the result in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1628 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 Display a call graph of a specified file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1636 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1639 all functions called by those functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1641 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1642 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1643 cons, etc.).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1645 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1646 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1647 invoked interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1649 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1650 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1651 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1653 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1654 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1656 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1657 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1658 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1659 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1661 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1664 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1666 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1668 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1670 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1672 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1673 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1676 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1677 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1678 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1679 from the cursor position." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1681 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1682
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1683 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14511
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1684 ;;;;;; 60346))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1686
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1687 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1688 Run the pocket calculator.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1689 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1690
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1691 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
1692
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1693 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1694 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1695 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1696 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1697 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1698 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1699 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1700 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1701 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1702 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1703 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1704 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1705 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1706 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1707 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1708 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
1709 ;;;;;; (14393 15349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1710 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1712 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1713 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1714 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1716 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 the screen.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1725 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1726 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1728 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1729 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1730 This variable affects the diary display when the command M-x diary is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1731 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1732 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1733 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1734 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1736 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1737 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1738 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1739 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1740 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1742 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1743 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1744 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1746 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1747 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1748 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1749
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1750 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1751 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1752 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1753
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1754 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1755 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1756 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1757 displayed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1759 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1760 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1761 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1763 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1764 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1765 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1767 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1769 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1770 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1771 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1773 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1774 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1776 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1777 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1778 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1780 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1781 calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1783 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1784 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1785 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1787 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1788 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1789 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1790 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1791 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1793 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1794 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1795 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1796 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1797 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1798 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1799 a function is also provided for this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1800 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1802 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1803 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1804 date is not visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1806 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1807 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1808 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1810 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1811 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1814 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1815 date is visible in the window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1819 functions that move by days and weeks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1820
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1821 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1822 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1823
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
1824 For example,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1825
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1826 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1827
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1828 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1829
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1830 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1831 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1833 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 MONTH/DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 MONTHNAME DAY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1838 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1839 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1841 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1842 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1848 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1849 respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1855 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1856 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1857 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1858 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1864 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1865 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1866 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 window but will appear in a diary window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1872 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1873 entries (in the default American style):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1876 &1/1. Happy New Year!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1877 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1878 21: Payday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1879 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1880 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1881 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1882 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1883 mar 16 Dad's birthday
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1884 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 &* 15 time cards due.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1890 single diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1892 02/11/1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1893 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1894 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1895 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1896 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1897 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1898 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1900 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1901 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1902 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1904 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1906 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1908 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1909 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1910 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1911 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1912 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1913 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1914 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1915 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1916 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1918 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 for these functions for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in diary-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 1990. The accepted European date styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 DAY/MONTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 DAY MONTHNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 DAYNAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 characters with or without a period.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1965 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1966
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
1967 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1987 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1992 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1997 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1998 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1999 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2001 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 For example, you could use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 lexicographic order.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 Can be used for appointment notification.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 mark-diary-entries-hook; it enables you to use shared diary files together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 #include \"filename\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2060 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2061 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 describes the style of such diary entries.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 are holidays.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2072 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2073 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2080 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2081 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2082 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 *Oriental holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 *Local holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 *User defined holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 *Jewish holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 *Christian holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 *Islamic holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139 *Sun-related holidays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 The frame set up of the calendar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 any other value the current frame is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (14716 6817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2182 ;;;;;; (14716 6857))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204 Major mode for editing C++ code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2222 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 Major mode for editing Java code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2241 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2293 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (14716 6903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 for details of setting up styles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2303 style name.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2304
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2305 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2306 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2307 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2308 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2309 will be reassigned.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2310
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2311 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2312 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2313 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2329 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2330 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2331
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2332 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2333
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (14716 6917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2339 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2343 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2344 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 `infodock'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2353 ;;;;;; (14652 49268))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 Return a compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375 CCL-PROGRAM is `eval'ed before being handed to the CCL compiler `ccl-compile'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 The compiled code is a vector of integers." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2379 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2380 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2381 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2382 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2392 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2393 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2394 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2395 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2396 ;;;;;; checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2397 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2398 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
2399 ;;;;;; (14482 54417))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2402 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2403 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2405 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2407 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2408 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2409 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2410 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2411 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2412 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2413 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2414 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2416 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2417 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2418 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2419 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2420 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2421 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2422 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2423 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2425 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 spacing are all verified." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 Only documentation strings are checked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442 a separate buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454 if there is one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2455 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2457 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2458 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2459 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2461 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2464 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2465 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2467 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2469 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2470 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 space at the end of each line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2494 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-keymap> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 checking of documentation strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 \\{checkdoc-minor-keymap}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2532 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2533 ;;;;;; 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2552 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2553 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2571 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2572 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2578 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 \\{command-history-map}
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2580
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2581 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
2582 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
2586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (14617 51703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2602 ;;;;;; (14671 47557))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2610 ;;;;;; (14368 26241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2627 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14535
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
2628 ;;;;;; 44845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2644 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (14720 1500))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 ASCII table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670 Return an alist of supported codepages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 for the character set supported by that codepage.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2686 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2687
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2688 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2689 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2690 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint) "comint" "comint.el" (14703 12325))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2711 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2712 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2713 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2714
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2715 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2716
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2717 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2718 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2719 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2720
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2721 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2722
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2723 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2724 Send COMMAND to current process.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2725 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2726 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2727
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2728 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2729 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2730 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2731 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2732
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14220
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
2736 ;;;;;; 18289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 This command pushes the mark in each window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 at the prior location of point in that window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 If both windows display the same buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2759 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (14726 56342))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 and a string describing how the process finished.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2791 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 and move to the source code that caused it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 Then start the next one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 where grep found matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825 easily repeat a grep command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2833 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
2834 Collect output in a buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 Toggle compilation minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 See `compilation-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 A prefix arg specifies how many error messages to move;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 negative means move back to previous error messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 Just C-u as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 and start at the first error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2889 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode partial-completion-mode)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2890 ;;;;;; "complete" "complete.el" (14664 59525))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2893 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2894 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2895 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2896 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2897 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2898 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2899 This variable should be set only with \\[customize], which is equivalent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2900 to using the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2901
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2902 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2903
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2904 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2905
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 as much as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2919
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2920 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the \"<...>\" sequence is interpreted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2921 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2922 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file /usr/include/sys/time.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
2928 ;;;;;; (14635 2463))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2936 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2937 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2938 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
2939 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2940 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2941
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2942 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2943 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2944 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2945 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2946 `make-composition'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2947
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2948 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2949
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2950 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2951 | | 1:tc or top-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2952 | | 2:tr or top-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2953 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2954 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2955 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2956 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2957 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2958 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2959
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2960 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2961 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2962 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2963 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2964 be added.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2965
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2966 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2967 NEW-REF-POINT is `tl' (top-left), the overall glyph is updated as
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2968 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2969
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2970 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2971 | | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2972 | global| |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2973 | glyph | |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2974 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2975 +----+--*--+
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2976 | | new |
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2977 | |glyph|
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2978 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2979 ")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2980
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2981 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2982 Compose characters in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2983
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2984 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2985
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2986 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2987 specifying the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2988
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2989 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2990 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2991
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2992 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2993 of the text in the region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2994
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2995 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2996
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2997 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2998 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
2999 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3000 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3001
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3002 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3003 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3004 detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3005
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3006 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3007 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3008 text in the composition." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3009
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3010 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3011 Decompose text in the current region.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3012
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3013 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3014 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3015
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3016 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3017 Compose characters in string STRING.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3018
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3019 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3020 the characters in it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3021
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3022 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3023 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3024 STRING respectively.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3025
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3026 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3027 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3028 `compose-region' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3029
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3030 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3031 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3032 text in the composition." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3033
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3034 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3035 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3036
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3037 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3038 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3039 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3040 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3041 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3042 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3043 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3044 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3045
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3046 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3047 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3048
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3049 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3050 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3051
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3052 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3053 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3054
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3055 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3056 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3057
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3058 If no composition is found, return nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3059
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3060 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3061 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3062
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3063 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3064 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3065 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3066
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3067 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3068
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3069 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3070
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3071 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3072 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3073 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3074
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3075 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3076
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3077 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3078
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3079 (put (quote composition-function-table) (quote char-table-extra-slots) 0)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3080
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3081 (defvar composition-function-table (make-char-table (quote composition-function-table)) "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3082 Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3083
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3084 Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3085 are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3086 for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3087 with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3088 `compose-chars-after' for more detail.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3089
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3090 This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3091 the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.")
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3092
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3093 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3094 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3095
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3096 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3097 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3098 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3099 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3100 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3101 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3102 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3103 nil.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3104
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3105 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3106 is:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3107 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3108 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3109
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3110 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3111
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3112 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3113
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3114 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3115 Compose last characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3116 The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N),
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3117 where N is the number of characters before point to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3118 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3119 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3120 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3121 after a sequence character events." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3122 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3123
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3124 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3125 Convert CHAR to string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3126 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3127
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3128 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3129 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3130 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3131
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3132 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3133
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3135 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14720 33845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
3157 ;;;;;; (14463 42213))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3173 ;;;;;; (14456 48530))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3186 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215 bite if angry;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 to nil.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3226 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3231 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3232 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 if (A) { B }
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 into
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 B if A;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242 \\{cperl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 man via menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3275 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3276 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3277 span the needed amount of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3279 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3280 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3281 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3282 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3284 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3285 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3286 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3287 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3288 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 `cperl-auto-newline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3295 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3296 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 `cperl-indent-level'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 `cperl-brace-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3313 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 `cperl-label-offset'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 `cperl-min-label-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 \(both available from menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 column 0 is indented on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 with no args.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3344 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3359 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3375 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3378 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3379
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3382 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3383 ;;;;;; (14600 8203))
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3385
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3386 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3387 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3388 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3389 single prompt, optionally using completion.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3390
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3391 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3392 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3393 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3394 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3395
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3396 The default value for the separator character is the value of
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3397 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3398 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3399
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3400 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3401 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3402 'bob', and 'eve'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3403
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3404 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3405 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3406 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3407
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3408 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3409
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3410 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3411 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3412 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3413
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3414 ;;;***
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
3415
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3423 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3424 ;;;;;; (14709 28106))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3435 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3436
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3437 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3452 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3453
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3454 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3459 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3461 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3468 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3469
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3470 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474 User options are structured into \"groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3510 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 If ALL is `options', include only options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 that option." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 (defvar custom-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 File used for storing customization information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3557 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3558
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3559 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3560 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3561 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
3562 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3576 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3583 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14637 38156))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3593 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3597 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3603 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3604 ;;;;;; (14619 3306))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3605 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3606
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3607 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3608 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3609
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3610 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
3611
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3613 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14431 15379))
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3615
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3616 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3617 Minor mode that hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3618
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3619 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3620 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3621 C++ modes are included.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3622
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3623 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3624
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3625 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3626 Turn on CWarn mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3627
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3630
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3631 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3632 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3633
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3634 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3635
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3636 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
3637
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3639 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
3640 ;;;;;; (14623 45987))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651 For readability, the table is slightly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
3663 ;;;;;; (14688 20006))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 Completion on current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 and presents suggestions for completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 then it searches *all* buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (13706
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
3709 ;;;;;; 38927))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 Data lines are not indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3723 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3725 \\{dcl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3726 Commands not usually bound to keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3728 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3729 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3730 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3731 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3733 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3735 dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 Extra indentation within blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3738 dcl-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3739 Extra indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3741 dcl-margin-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3742 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3744 dcl-margin-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3745 Indentation for a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3747 dcl-comment-line-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3748 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3750 dcl-block-begin-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3751 dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3752 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3753 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3754 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3755 make it possible to define other places to indent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3756 Set to nil to disable this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3758 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3759 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3760 Two such functions are included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3761 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3762 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3764 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3765 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3766 One such function is included in the package:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3767 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3769 dcl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3770 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3771 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3772 margin.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3774 dcl-electric-characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3775 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3776 typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3778 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3779 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3780 which words trigger electric indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3782 dcl-tempo-comma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3783 dcl-tempo-left-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3784 dcl-tempo-right-paren
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3785 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3787 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3788 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3789 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3792 dcl-imenu-label-labels
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3793 dcl-imenu-label-goto
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3794 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3795 dcl-imenu-label-call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3796 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3798 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3799 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3800 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3801 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3804 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3806 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3807 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3808 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 $ i = 1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 $ label:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 $ if i.eq.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 $ then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 \"lined up with the command line\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 $ type sys$input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 Data lines are not indented at all.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 $ endif
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825 $
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
3831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14547 29510))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 (setq debugger (quote debug))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 of the evaluator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3846 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3851 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3860 ;;;;;; (13875 47403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 Upper-case letters are commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 modify it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 The most useful commands are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 \\<decipher-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3878 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3884 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3885 ;;;;;; "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14345 52903))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3886 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3887
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3888 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3889 Prettify all columns in a text region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3890
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3891 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3892
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3893 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3894 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3895
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3896 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3897
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3898 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3899
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3900 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14505
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
3901 ;;;;;; 12112))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3902 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3903
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3904 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3905 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3906 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3907 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3908 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3909 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3910
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3911 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3912
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3913 Customization:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3914
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3915 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3916 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3917 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3918 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3919 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3920 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3921 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3922 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3923 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3924 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3925 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3926 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3927 blank line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3928 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3929 Directories to search when finding external units.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3930 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3931 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3932
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3933 Coloring:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3934
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3935 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3936 Face used to color delphi comments.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3937 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3938 Face used to color delphi strings.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3939 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3940 Face used to color delphi keywords.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3941 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3942 Face used to color everything else.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3943
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3944 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3945 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3946
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3947 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
3948
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode delete-selection-mode) "delsel"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3950 ;;;;;; "delsel.el" (14636 62703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3953 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3955 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3956 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3957 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3958 positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3960 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3961 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3962 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3963 any selection." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3965 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3966 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3967 See command `delete-selection-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3968 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3969 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3971 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3973 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3975 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "derived.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
3978 ;;;;;; (14638 25337))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3981 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
3982 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3983 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3984 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3985 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3987 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3988
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3989 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
3990 ;;;;;; (14598 57772))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3991 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3993 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3994 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3995 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3997 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3998 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3999 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4000 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4002 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4004 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4005 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4006 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4008 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4010 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
4011 ;;;;;; (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4015 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4016 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4019 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4020 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4023 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4024 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4025 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4028 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4029 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4030 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4033 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4036 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4040 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
4065 ;;;;;; (14587 2634))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 #!/bin/sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 emacs -batch \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 european-calendar-style t \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4100 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14280 10414))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 *The command to use to run diff.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4117 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4123 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4124 ;;;;;; (14651 36400))
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4126
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4127 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4128 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4129 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4130 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4131 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4132 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4133
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4134 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4135 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4136 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4137
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4138 ;;;***
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
4139
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4144 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (14724 3525))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 always set this variable to t.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 A value of t means move to first file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4175 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4176 *Controls marking of renamed files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4177 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4178 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4179 are afterward marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 *Controls marking of copied files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4188 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4191 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4193 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 \(This works on only some systems.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 list of files to make directory entries for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4231 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4237 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4238 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4239 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4240 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4241 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4242 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4243 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4244 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4245 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4246 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4247 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4248 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (14697 36466))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4249 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4251 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4252 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4253 FILE defaults to the file at the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4254 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4255 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4256 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4257
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4258 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4259 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4260 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4261 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4262 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4263 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4265 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4266 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4267 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4269 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4270 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4273 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4275 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4276 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4277 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4278 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4280 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4281 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4282 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4283 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4284 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4286 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4288 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4289 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4290 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4291
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4292 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4293 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4294 instead of att the end of the command.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4295
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4296 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4297 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4298 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4300 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4301 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4302
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4303 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4304 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4306 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4307 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4308 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4309 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4310 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4311 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4313 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4315 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4316 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4318 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4321 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4322 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4324 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4325 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4326 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4327 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4329 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4331 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4333 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4335 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4337 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4338
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4339 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4340 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4342 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4343 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4344 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4345 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4346 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4347 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4348 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4350 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4351 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4352 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4353 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4354 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4355 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4356
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4357 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4358 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4359 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4360 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4361 and new hard links are made in that directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4362 with the same names that the files currently have." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4364 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4365 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4366 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4367 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4369 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4370 Rename marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4371 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4372 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4373 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4374 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4376 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4377 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4379 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4380 Copy all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4381 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4383 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4384 Hardlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4385 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4387 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4388 Symlink all marked files containing REGEXP to NEWNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4389 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4391 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403 this subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4406 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4407 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4408 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4409 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4410 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4411 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4412 this subdirectory.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4413 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
4414
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4419 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4420 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4421 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4422 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4424 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4425 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4426 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4427 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4429 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4430 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4431 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4433 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4434 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453
28939
c5964d5c6afa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
4454 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4460 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4461 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4462 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4463 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4464
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
4467 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14523 40402))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 buffer and try again." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4479 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14032 30315))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 " nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4498 ;;;;;; 9615))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4514 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14656 42937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 X frame." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4560 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4561 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573 European character display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4584 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4589 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599 Default is 2." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4603 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (13556 41573))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4611 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4612 ;;;;;; (14288 20375))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4615 (defvar double-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4616 Toggle Double mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4618 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4619
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4620 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4621
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4622 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4623
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 Toggle Double mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4633 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (13607 44546))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4636 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4637 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
4642 ;;;;;; (14030 48685))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4650 ;;;### (autoloads (define-derived-mode easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4651 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4652 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (14659 23014))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4655 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4656
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4657 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658 Define a new minor mode MODE.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4659 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4660 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4663 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4664 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4666 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4667 in order to build a valid keymap.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4668 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4669 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4670 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4671 Currently two such keyword arguments are supported:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4672 :group followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4673 :global if non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4674 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local." nil (quote macro))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4675
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4676 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4677 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the MODE buffer-local minor mode.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4678 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4679 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4680 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
4681 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4683 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4684
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4685 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
4686
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4687 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4688 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4689
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4690 The arguments to this command are as follow:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4691
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4692 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4693 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4694 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4695 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4696 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4697 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4698 hooks for the new mode.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4699
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4700 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4701
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4702 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4703
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4704 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4705 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4706 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4707
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4708 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4709 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4710
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4711 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4712 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4713 (setq case-fold-search nil))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4714
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4715 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4716 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
4717
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4721 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14702
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4722 ;;;;;; 57276))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4723 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4725 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4726 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4727 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4730 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4731 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 :filter FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4736 menu displayed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4738 :visible INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4740 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4741 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4743 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4745 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4746 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4748 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4750 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4752 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4754 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4755 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4760 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4764 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4766 :keys KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4768 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4769 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4770 computed automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4771 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4773 :key-sequence KEYS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4774
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4775 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 menu item.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4777 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4778 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4779 keyboard equivalent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4781 :active ENABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4783 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4784 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4786 :included INCLUDE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4788 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4789 expression has a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4790
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4791 :suffix FORM
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4792
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4793 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4794 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4796 :style STYLE
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4797
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4798 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
4799 defined:
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4801 toggle: A checkbox.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4802 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4803 radio: A radio button.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4804 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4805 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4806 menu bar itself.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4807 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4808
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4809 :selected SELECTED
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4811 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4814 :help HELP
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4815
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4816 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4817
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820 as a solid horizontal line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4822 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4827 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4833 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4834 should contain a submenu named NAME.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4835 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4836 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4837
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4838 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4839 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
4840 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4847 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4848 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4849 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4850 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4851 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14726 49311))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4853
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4854 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4855 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4856
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4857 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4858 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4859
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4860 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4861 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4862 it to the printer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4863
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4864 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4865 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4866 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4867 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4868
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4869 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4870 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4871 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4872
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4873 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4874 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4875 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4876 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4877
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4878 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4879
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4880 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4881 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4882 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4883
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4884 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4885
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4886 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4887 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4888
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4889 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4890 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4891
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4892 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4893
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4894 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4895 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4896
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4897 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4898 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4899 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4900 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4901
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4902 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4903
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4904 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4905 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4906
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4907 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4908 The EPS file name has the following form:
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4909
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4910 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4911
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4912 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4913 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4914
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4915 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4916 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4917 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4918 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4919
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4920 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4921
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4922 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4923
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4924 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4925 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4926
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4927 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4928 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4929
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4930 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4931 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4932
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4933 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4934 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4935
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4936 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4937 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4938
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4939 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4940 Set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4941
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4942 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4943
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4944 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4945 Reset current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4946
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4947 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4948
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4949 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4950 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4951
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4952 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4953
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4954 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4955 Pop a style and set it to current style.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4956
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4957 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4958
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4959 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
4960
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4961 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-tags-query-replace
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4962 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4963 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (14727
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4964 ;;;;;; 65050))
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4965 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4966
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4967 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4968 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4969 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4970 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4971 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4972 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4973
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4974 Tree mode key bindings:
28542
9e9fa222ebcf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28530
diff changeset
4975 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4976
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4977 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4978 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4979
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4980 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4981 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4982 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4983 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
4984 completion." t nil)
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4985
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4986 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4987 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4988 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4989 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4990
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4991 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4992 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4993 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4994
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4995 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4996 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4997 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4998 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4999
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5000 ;;;***
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
5001
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5003 ;;;;;; (13778 5499))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5026 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14447 15307))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5030 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5036 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14691 20410))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
5056 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5079 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (14522 27408))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5104 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5105 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5112 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5118 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5121 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5123 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5124 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5125 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5126 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5132 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5134 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5140 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5147 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163 follows:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5171 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5173 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5174 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5175 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5177 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5178 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5180 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5182 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5183 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5185 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5186 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5188 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5190 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5191 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5194 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5196 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5197 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5198 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5199 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5202 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5203 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204 buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5208 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5212 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5213 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5214 and don't ask the user.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5215 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5216 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5223 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5225 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5226 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5227 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5228 buffer. Use `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5230 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5232 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5233 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5234 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5236 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5237 Display Ediff's manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5238 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5241
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5242 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5243 ;;;;;; (14522 27392))
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5245
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5246 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5247
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5248 ;;;***
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5249
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14367 2123))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5251 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5252
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5253 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5254
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5255 (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) ["-------" nil nil] "OO-Browser...")))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5256
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5257 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5258
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5259 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5260
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5261 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5262 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5265 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5266 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
5273 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (14367 2134))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5279 which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5281 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5282 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5283 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5288 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5289 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5290 ;;;;;; (14634 20435))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5291 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5292 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5294 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5298 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5299 Edit a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 its command name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5304 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5326 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5327 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5333 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on) "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (13271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5334 ;;;;;; 33724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5335 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5337 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5338 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5340 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5342 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5343 ;;;;;; (13116 19762))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5349 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5356 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5359 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5360 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5361 this value is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 things.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise) the help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5375 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5376 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14716 1570))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 from the documentation string if possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 This variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5393 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5394 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5395
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5396 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5397
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 of the mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 the mode, respectively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5412 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14495
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
5413 ;;;;;; 17971))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5415
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5416 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5417 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5418
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5419 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5420 an elided material again.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5421
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5422 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5423
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5424 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
5425
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5427 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 Initialize elint." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5435 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5436 ;;;;;; elp-restore-function elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el"
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5437 ;;;;;; (14638 40759))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 (autoload (quote elp-restore-function) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 Restore an instrumented function to its original definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 Argument FUNSYM is the symbol of a defined function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 Display current profiling results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462 displayed." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
5467 ;;;;;; (13649 21996))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5470 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5480 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14675 2831))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5495 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5497 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5499 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5501 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5502 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5513 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
5532 ;;;;;; (14642 24031))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 automatically.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5544 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5550 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14717 41925))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 text/enriched format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5570 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5572 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (14679
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5573 ;;;;;; 21649))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5575
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5576 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5577 Emacs shell interactive mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5578
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5579 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5580
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5581 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5582
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5583 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14679
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5584 ;;;;;; 21629))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5585 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5586
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5587 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5588 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5589
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5590 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5591
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5592 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5593 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (14709 28151))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5594 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5595
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5596 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5597 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5598 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5599 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5600 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5601 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5602 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5603
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5604 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5605 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5606 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5607
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5608 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5609 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5610 The result might be any Lisp object.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5611 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5612 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5613 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5614
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5615 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5616 Report a bug in Eshell.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5617 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5618 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5619
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5620 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5621
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5626 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-table-list
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5627 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (14669
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
5628 ;;;;;; 64271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5631 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5632 *File name of tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5633 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5634 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5635 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5636 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5637
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5638 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5639 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5640 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5641 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
5642
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5643 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5644 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5645 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5646 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5647 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5648 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5651 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5652 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5665 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5668 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5670 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5673 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 file the tag was in." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682 without directory names." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 but does not select the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5715 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5718 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5722 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5728 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5733 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5746 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5747 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5748 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5749 around or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5751 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5755 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5757 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5759 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5760 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5761 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5763 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5770 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5776 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5784 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791 where they were found." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 Select next file among files in current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5819 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5820 Stops when a match is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5821 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826 Query-replace-regexp FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 Display list of tags in file FILE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 directory specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5847 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5848 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5849 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5850 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5851 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5855 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5857 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5861 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
5862 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (14623 45988))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 even if the buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891 language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 the primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 primary language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 buffer is read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 See also the descriptions of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5958 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 3) convert the body into SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 be 1, 2, or 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6014 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6015 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6016 ;;;;;; (14463 3149))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6018
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6019 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6020 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6021 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6022 server for future sessions." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6023
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6024 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6025 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6026
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6027 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6028 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6029
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6030 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6031 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6032 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6033 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6034 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6035 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6036 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6037 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6038 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6039 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6040 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6041 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6042
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6043 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6044 Display a form to query the directory server.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6045 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6046 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6047
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6048 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6049 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6050 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6051
27326
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6052 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
25ebadb8e258 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27321
diff changeset
6053
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6054 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6055
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6056 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6057 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6058 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14461 51599))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6059 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6060
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6061 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6062 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6063
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6064 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6065 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6066
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6067 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6068 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6069
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6070 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6071 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6072
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6073 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6074 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6075
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6076 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6077
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6079 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 58168))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6081
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6082 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6083 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6084 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6085
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6086 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6087 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6088
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6089 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6090
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6091 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6092 ;;;;;; (14460 58176))
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6093 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6094
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6095 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6096 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6097
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6098 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6099
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6100 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6101 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6102 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14659 23041))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6105 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6106 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6107 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6108
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 executable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6120 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6121 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6122 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6123 file modes." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6124
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6128 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14443 18506))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6136 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6140 to generate such functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 beginning of the expanded text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6146 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6148 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6149 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6151 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6153 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6154 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6155 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
6165 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14623 45936))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6171 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6172 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6173 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6175 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6177 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6178 \\{f90-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6180 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6182 f90-do-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6184 f90-if-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6185 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6186 f90-type-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6187 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6188 f90-program-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6189 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6190 (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6191 f90-continuation-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6192 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 f90-comment-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195 region. (default \"!!!$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 f90-indented-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 (default \"!\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6199 f90-directive-comment-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6200 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6201 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6202 f90-break-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6203 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6204 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6205 f90-break-before-delimiters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6206 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6207 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6208 f90-beginning-ampersand
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6209 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6210 f90-smart-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6211 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6212 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6213 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6214 f90-auto-keyword-case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6215 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6216 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 f90-leave-line-no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6218 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6219 f90-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6220 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6221 f90-keywords-re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6222 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6224 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6225 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6226
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6227 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6229 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6230 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6231 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6233 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14693 39146))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 Menu keymap for faces.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6244 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6246 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6249 Menu keymap for background colors.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6251 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6253 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6257
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6258 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 Submenu for text justification commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6261 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6263 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6264 Submenu for indentation commands.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6273 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6274
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6275 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6277 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6279 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6280 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6281 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6282 will not show through at all will be removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6284 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6286 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6290 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6291 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6293 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6294 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6295 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6296 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6297 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6298 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6299 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6300 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6302 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6303 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6304 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6305 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6306 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6307 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6308 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6309 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6311 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6312 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6313 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6314 is the menu item's name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6316 If the region is active and there is no prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6317 this command sets the region to the requested face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6319 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6320 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6321 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6323 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6324 Make the region invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6325 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6326 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6328 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6329 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6330 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6331 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6333 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6334 Make the region unmodifiable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6335 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6336 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6338 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6339 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6341 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6342 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6344 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6345 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6346 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6351 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6352 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6354 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6355 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6356 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6357 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6358 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
6363 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6364 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6366 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6367 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6368 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6369 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6370
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6371 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6373 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6374 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6375 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6376
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6377 Font Lock caches may be saved:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6378 - When you save the file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6379 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6380 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6381 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6382 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6384 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6388 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6391 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6392 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6394 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6400 ;;;;;; "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14415 45092))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6411 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6417 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6418 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6419 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6420 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6421 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6422 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6423 internally by feedmail):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6425 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6426 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6427 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6428 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6430 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6431 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6432 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6433 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6434 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6436 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6437
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6438 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6439 ;;;;;; ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14637 38207))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6440 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6444 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6445 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6446 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6447 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6448 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6450 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6451 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6452 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6453 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6454 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6459 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 Return value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6482 ;;;;;; (14332 47695))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 \(directories) is done." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6496 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6499 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 43187))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6509 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6511 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6513 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6514 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6515 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6517 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6519 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6520 as the final argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6523 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 and run dired on those files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6525 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6526 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6530 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6531 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6534 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6536 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6538 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6539
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6540 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6542 ;;;;;; (13670 3046))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6543 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file;.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 Variables of interest include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 - ff-case-fold-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see case-fold-search).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6562 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 - ff-always-in-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 argument is given to ff-find-other-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 - ff-ignore-include
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 - ff-always-try-to-create
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 - ff-quiet-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6575 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577 - ff-special-constructs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 extracting the filename from that construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6582 - ff-other-file-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6585 - ff-search-directories
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6586 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 ff-other-file-alist that matches this file's extension.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 - ff-pre-find-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6590 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 - ff-pre-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 - ff-post-load-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 - ff-not-found-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 - ff-file-created-hooks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6604 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6605 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6607 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6608 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6610 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6617 ;;;;;; (14398 37514))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6623 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6624 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6625 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6627 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6628 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6629 in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6631 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6632 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6634 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6635 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6636 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6637 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6639 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6640 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6641 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6643 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6644 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6646 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6648 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6649 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6651 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6653 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6654 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6656 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6657 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6658 not selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6660 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6661 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6662
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6663 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6664 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6666 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6667 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6668 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6669 it is one of the current buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6671 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6672 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6673 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6675 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6676 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6678 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6680 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6681 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6692 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6696 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699
28530
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6700 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6701 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14576 32883))
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6703
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6704 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6705 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6706
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6707 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6708 Display FILE's commentary section.
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6709 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6710
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6711 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6712 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6713
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6714 ;;;***
e17da1f43396 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28523
diff changeset
6715
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6717 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6720 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6721 Toggle flow control handling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6722 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6723 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6725 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6726 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6727 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6728 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6729 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6730 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6732 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6733
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6734 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-mode-off flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6735 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6736 ;;;;;; (14718 57349))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6738
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6739 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6740 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6741 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6742
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6743 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6744 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6745
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6746 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6747
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6748 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6749 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6752 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6753 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6755 Bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6756 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6757 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6758 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6760 Hooks:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6761 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6763 Remark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6764 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6765 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6766 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6768 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6769 consider adding:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6770 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6771 in your .emacs file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6773 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6775 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6776
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6777 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6778
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6779 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6780 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6782 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6783
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6785 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
6786 ;;;;;; (14392 8455))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6789 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6790 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6792 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6793 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6795 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6796 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6797
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6798 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6799 of two major techniques:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6801 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6802 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6803 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6805 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6806 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6807 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6808 movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6810 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6811 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6812 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6813 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6814 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6815 mileage may vary).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6817 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6818 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6820 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6822 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6823 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6824 \(This is the default.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6826 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6827 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6829 Keys specific to Follow mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6830 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6831
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6832 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6833 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6834
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6835 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6836 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6837 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6838 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6839 two windows always will display two successive pages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6840 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6842 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6843 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6844 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6846 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6847 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6848 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6850 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6852 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6853 ;;;;;; global-font-lock-mode font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6854 ;;;;;; turn-on-font-lock font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
6855 ;;;;;; (14677 53748))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6856 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6858 (defvar font-lock-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6859 Function or functions to run on entry to Font Lock mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6861 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6862 Toggle Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6863 With arg, turn Font Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6865 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6867 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6868 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6869 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6870 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6872 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6873 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6875 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6877 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6878 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6879 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6881 (global-font-lock-mode t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6883 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6884 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6885 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6886 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6887 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6888 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6890 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6891 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6893 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6894 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6896 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6897 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6898 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6900 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6901 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6903 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6904 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6905 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6907 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6908 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6909 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6911 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6912 Turn on Font Lock mode conditionally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6913 Turn on only if the terminal can display it." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6915 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6916 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6917 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6918 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6919 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6920 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6921 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6922 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6923 end of the current highlighting list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6925 For example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6927 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6928 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6929 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6931 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6932 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6934 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6935 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6936 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6937
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6938 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6939 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6940
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6941 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6942 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
6943
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6944 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6945 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6946 With prefix ARG, turn Global Font Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6947 Displays a message saying whether the mode is on or off if MESSAGE is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6948 Returns the new status of Global Font Lock mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6950 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6951 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6952
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6953 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6954 Toggle Global Font Lock mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6955 When Global Font Lock mode is enabled, Font Lock mode is automagically
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6956 turned on in a buffer if its major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6957 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6958 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6959
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6960 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6961
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6962 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
6963
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6964 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
6965 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6967 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6969 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
6970 ;;;;;; (14652 49270))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6971 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6973 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6974 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6975 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6976 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6977 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6978
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6979 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
6980 compatibility.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6982 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6983 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6985 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6987 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6988
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6989 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
6990 ;;;;;; 9680))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6992
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6993 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6994 Toggle footnote minor mode.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6995 \\<message-mode-map>
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6996 key binding
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6997 --- -------
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6998
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
6999 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7000 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7001 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7002 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7003 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7004 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7005 " t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7006
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7007 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
7008
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7009 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7010 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14381 57540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7013 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7014 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7016 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 TAB forms-next-field TAB
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 C-c TAB forms-next-field
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019 C-c < forms-first-record <
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 C-c > forms-last-record >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 C-c ? describe-mode ?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7025 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7027 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7028 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7029 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7030 C-c C-x forms-exit x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7031 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7033 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7034 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7042 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (14702 57276))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 with a character in column 6.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 Fortran keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 Key definitions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 \\{fortran-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 `comment-start'
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7065 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7066 set this to the string \"!\".
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 `fortran-do-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 `fortran-if-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 `fortran-structure-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 `fortran-continuation-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7080 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7081 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7082 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7083 (for TAB format continuation style).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7084 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7085 indentation for a line of code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7086 (default 'fixed)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7087 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 `fortran-line-number-indent'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 column 5. (default 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 statements. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 statement. (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 `fortran-continuation-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7106 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7107 line. (default \"$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7108 `fortran-comment-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7109 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7110 region. (default \"c$$$\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7111 `fortran-electric-line-number'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7112 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113 as typed. (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7115 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116 (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7123 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7124 ;;;;;; (13973 3308))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7125 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7134 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7135 function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7137 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 comment-start syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 pair are considered to be comment-start and comment-end respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7144 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7145 Each keyword should be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7147 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7148 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7150 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to auto-mode-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7151 These regexps are added to auto-mode-alist as soon as `define-generic-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7152 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7154 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7156 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7158 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7159 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7160 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7161 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7167
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7168 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7169 ;;;;;; (14724 3308))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7171
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7172 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7173 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7174 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7175 at places they belong to." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7176
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7177 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
7178
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7180 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (14030 49411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7186 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7187 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7195 Read news as a slave." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7197 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7198 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7200 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 Read network news.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7210 ;;;;;; (14030 49649))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7213 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7214 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7216 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7217 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7222 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 \(gnus-agentize)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7226 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7227 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7228 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7230 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7236
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7238 ;;;;;; (14030 49288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7242 Play a sound through the speaker." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7244 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7247 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7248 ;;;;;; 49293))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7251 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7252 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7253
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7266 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14177 56552))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7279 ;;;;;; (14030 49328))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7284 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 Run batched scoring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7291 ;;;;;; (14030 49334))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-initialize gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7301 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mule.el" (14092 5540))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car and cdr part are regarded as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 coding-system for reading and writing respectively." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-initialize) "gnus-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 Do several settings for GNUS to enable automatic code conversion." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7316 ;;;;;; (14030 49357))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 for matching on group names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7331 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7334 ;;;;;; (14030 49359))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7339
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7340 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7342 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7343 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14345 52937))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347 Unload all Gnus features." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7349 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7350 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7352 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7354 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7355 ;;;;;; (14030 49407))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7358 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7361 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7362
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7363 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7366 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7367 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7368 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7369 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7370 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7372 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7373 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7374 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7376 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7377 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7378 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7380 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7381
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7382 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7383 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (14711 25302))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7399 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7401 or to send e-mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14300 2906))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7413 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7421 ;;;;;; (14629 39461))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7426 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7427 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7429 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7430 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7431 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7432 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7434 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7435 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7436 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7437 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7439 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7440 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7441 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7442 and source-file directory for your debugger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7444 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7445 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7447 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7448 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7449 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7450 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7452 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7453 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7454 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7455 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7457 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7458 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7459 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7460 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7461 between it and it's value." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7462 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7464 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7465
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7466 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
7467 ;;;;;; 40782))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7468 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7470 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7471 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7472 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7473 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7475 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7476 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7477 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7478 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7480 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7481
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
7483 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7486 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7487 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7488
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7489 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7490 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7491 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7492 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7493
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7494 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7495
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7496 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7497 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7498 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7499 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7500 to be updated." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7501
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7502 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7503
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7504 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7505 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7506 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7508 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7509 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7510 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7511 and window listing and describing the options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7512 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7513 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7515 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7517 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 20602))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7521 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7522 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7524 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7525 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
7530 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (14589 54862))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7533 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7534 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7535 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7536 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7537 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7539 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7540 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7542 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7543 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7544 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7545 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7547 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7548 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7549 periods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7551 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7552 in hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7554 A sample format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7556 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7557 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7558 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7559 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7560 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7561 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7562 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7563 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7564 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7565 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7566 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7567 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7568 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7569 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7570 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7572 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7573 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7574 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7576 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7577 also supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7579 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7581 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7582 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7583 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7585 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7586 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7587 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7589 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7590 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7592 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7593 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7595 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7596 into the buffer at the current point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7598 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7600 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7601 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7602
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7603 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7605 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7607 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7608 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7609 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7611 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7612 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7613 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7615 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7616
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7617 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7618 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer hi-lock-mode
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7619 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (14728 34798))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7621
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7622 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7623
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7624 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7625 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7626
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7627 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7628
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7629 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7630
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7631 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7632 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7633
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7634 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7635 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock turned on an \"Automatic Highlighting\"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7636 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7637 which can be called interactively, are:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7638
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7639 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7640 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7641
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7642 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7643 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7644
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7645 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7646 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7647
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7648 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7649 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7650 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7651 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7652 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7653 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7654
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7655 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7656 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7657
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7658 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7659 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7660 Hi-lock: FOO
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7661 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7662 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7663 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7664 will be read until
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7665 Hi-lock: end
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7666 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7667
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7668 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7669
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7670 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7671 Set face of all lines containing matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7673 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7674 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7675 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7676 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7677
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7678 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7679
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7680 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7681 Set face of all matches of REGEXP to FACE.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7682
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7683 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7684 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7685 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7686 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7687
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7688 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7689
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7690 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7691 Remove highlighting of matches to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7692
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7693 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7694 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7695 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns')
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7696 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7697 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7698
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7699 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7700 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7701
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7702 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7703 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7704 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7705
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7706 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7707
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7708 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7709 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14709 36509))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7710 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7711
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7712 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7713 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7714
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7715 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7716 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7717 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7718 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7719 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7720 how the hiding is done:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7722 hide-ifdef-env
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7723 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7724 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7725 is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7727 hide-ifdef-define-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7728 An association list of defined symbol lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7729 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7730 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7731 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7732
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7733 hide-ifdef-lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7734 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7735 #endif lines when hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7737 hide-ifdef-initially
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7738 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7739 is activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7740
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7741 hide-ifdef-read-only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7742 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7743 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7745 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7746
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7747 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7748 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7750 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7751 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7753 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7754 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7757
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7759 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (14716 16655))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7762 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7763 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7764
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7765 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7766 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7767 Each element has the form
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7768 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7769
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7770 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7771 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7772
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7773 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7774 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7775
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7776 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7777 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7778 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7779 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7780 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7781
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7782 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7783 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7784
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7785 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7786 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7787
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7788 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7789 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7790 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7792 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7793 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7794 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7795 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7796 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7797 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7799 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7800 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-show-region'. There is also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
7801 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7803 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7804 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7805
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7806 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
7807
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7808 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7809 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7811 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7813 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7814 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7815 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7816 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14703 9943))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7818
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7819 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7820
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7821 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7822 Remove the change face from the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7823 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7825 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7826 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7827
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7828 Without an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7829 if Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (to either active
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7830 or passive as determined by variable highlight-changes-initial-state);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7831 otherwise, toggle between active and passive states.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7833 With an argument,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7834 if just C-u or a positive argument, set state to active;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7835 with a zero argument, set state to passive;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7836 with a negative argument, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7838 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7839 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7840 not displayed in a different face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7842 Functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7843 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7844 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7845 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7846 buffer with the contents of a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7847 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7848 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7849 various faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7852 Hook variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7853 highlight-changes-enable-hook - when Highlight Changes mode enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7854 highlight-changes-toggle-hook - when entering active or passive state
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7855 highlight-changes-disable-hook - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7856 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7858 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7859 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7861 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7862 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7864 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7865 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7867 Current changes will be display in the face described by the first element
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7868 of highlight-changes-face-list, those (older) changes will be shown in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7869 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7870 shown in the last face in the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7872 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7873 by adding this to local-write-file-hooks, by evaling (in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7874 buffer to be saved):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7875 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7876 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7878 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7879 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7881 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7882 and not in read-only mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7884 If the backup filename exists, it is used as the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7885 when called interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7887 If a buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7888 have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7889 temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7891 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7892 changes made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7893 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7895 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7896 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7898 When called interactively:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7899 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7900 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7901 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7902 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7904 When called from a program:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7905 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7906 - if ARG is 'active, turn it on in active mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7907 - if ARG is 'passive, turn it on in passive mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7908 - otherwise just turn it on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7910 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7911 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7912 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7913 \"Suitablity\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7915 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7917 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7918 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7919 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7920 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
7921 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14398 37488))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7924 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7925 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7926 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7927 or insert functions in this list.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7929 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7930 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7932 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7933 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7935 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7936 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7938 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7939 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7941 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7942 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7943 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7945 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7946 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7947 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7948 \(as atoms)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7949
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7950 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7951 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7952 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7953 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7954 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7956 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7957 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7958 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7959 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7960 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7961 expansions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7962 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7963 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7964 undoes the expansion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7966 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7967 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7968 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7969 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7971 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7972
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7973 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14709 28151))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7974 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7975
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7976 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7977 Toggle Hl-Line mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7979 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7980
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7981 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7982
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7983 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
7984
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7985 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
7986 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7987 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7988 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7989 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7990
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7991 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
7992
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7993 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7994 ;;;;;; (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7997 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7998 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8000 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8001 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8003 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8005 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8008 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "hscroll.el" (14671 47520))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from hscroll.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8011 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8012 This function is obsolete." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8014 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8015 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8017 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8018 This function is absolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8020 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8022 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8023 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8026 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8027 Activate incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8028 Deactivates with negative universal argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8030 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8031 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8032 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8034 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8035
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8036 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (13549 39403))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8039 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8040 Major mode for editing Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8041 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8042 Tab indents for Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8043 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8044 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8045 \\{icon-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8046 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8047 icon-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8048 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8049 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8050 icon-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8051 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8052 inserted in Icon code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8053 icon-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8054 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8055 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8056 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8057 icon-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8058 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8059 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8060 icon-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8061 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8062 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8063 icon-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8064 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8065 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8066 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8067 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8069 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8070 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8072 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8073
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8074 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8075 ;;;;;; (14671 47570))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8077
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8078 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8079 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8080 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8081 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8082
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8083 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8084 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8085 separate frames.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8086
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8087 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8088
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8089 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8090 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8091 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8092
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8093 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8094
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8095 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8096
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8097 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8098 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8100
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8101 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8102 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8103
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8104 The main features of this mode are
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8105
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8106 1. Indentation and Formatting
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8107 --------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8108 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8109 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8110
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8111 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8112 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8113 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8114 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8115
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8116 Comments are indented as follows:
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8117
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8118 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8119 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8120 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8121
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8122 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8123
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8124 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8125 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8126 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8127 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8128 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8129
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8130 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8131 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8132 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8133
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8134 2. Routine Info
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8135 ------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8136 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8137 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8138 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8139 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8140 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8141 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8142 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8143
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8144 3. Online IDL Help
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8145 ---------------
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8146 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8147 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8148 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8149 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8150 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8151
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8152 4. Completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8153 ----------
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8154 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8155 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8156 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8157 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8158 mixed or upper case.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8159
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8160 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8161 --------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8162 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8163 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8164
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8165 \\pr PROCEDURE template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8166 \\fu FUNCTION template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8167 \\c CASE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8168 \\f FOR loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8169 \\r REPEAT Loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8170 \\w WHILE loop template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8171 \\i IF statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8172 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8173 \\b BEGIN
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8174
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8175 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8176 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8177
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8178 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8179 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8180 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8181
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8182 6. Automatic Case Conversion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8183 -------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8184 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8185 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8186
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8187 7. Automatic END completion
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8188 ------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8189 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8190 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8191
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8192 8. Hooks
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8193 -----
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8194 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8195 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8196
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8197 9. Documentation and Customization
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8198 -------------------------------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8199 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8200 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8201 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8202 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8203 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8204
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8205 10.Keybindings
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8206 -----------
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8207 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8208 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8209 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8210
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8211 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8212
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8213 ;;;***
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
8214
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8215 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (13638 47263))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8217 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8219 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8220 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8221 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8223 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8224
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8225 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8226 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8227 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (14663 20184))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8228 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8229
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8230 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8231 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8232 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8233 be determined." nil nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8234
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8235 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8236 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8237 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8238 be determined." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8239
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8240 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8241 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8242 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8244 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8245 Create an image.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8246 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8247 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8248 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8249 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8250 use its file extension.as image type.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8251 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8252 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8253 like, e.g. `:heuristic-mask t'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8254 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8256 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8257 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8258 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8259 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8260 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8261 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8262 POS may be an integer or marker.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8263 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8264 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8265 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8266 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8268 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8269 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8270 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8271 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8272 defaulted if you omit it.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8273 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8274 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8275 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8276 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8278 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8279 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8280 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8281 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8282
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8283 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8284 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8285
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8286 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8287
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8288 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8289 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8290 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8291 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8292 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8293 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8294 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8295 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8296 satisfied.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8297
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8298 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
8299
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8300 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8301 Define SYMBOL as an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8303 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8304 documentation string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8306 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8307 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8308 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8309 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8310 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8311 string containing the actual image data. The first image
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8312 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8313 define SYMBOL.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8315 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8317 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8318 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8320 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8323 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (14659 22945))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8326 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8327 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8329 Affects only the mouse index menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8331 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8332 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8333 in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8335 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8337 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8338 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8339 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8341 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8342 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8344 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8345 to create a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8347 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8348 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8349 or like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8350 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8351 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8352 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8353 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8354 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8356 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8357 entries are not nested.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8359 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8360 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8361 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8362 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8364 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8365 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8366
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8367 The variable is buffer-local.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8368
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8369 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8370 regexp matches are case sensitive. and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8371 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8372
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8373 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8374 `lisp-mode' and `emacs-lisp-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8375 locally to give the characters which normally have \"punctuation\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8376 syntax \"word\" syntax during matching.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8378 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8380 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8381 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8382
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8383 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8384 of the current buffer as an alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8386 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8387 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8388 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8389 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8390 if it is a sub-alist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8392 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8394 The variable is buffer-local.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8396 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8398 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8399 Function for finding the next index position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8401 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8402 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8403 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8404 file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8406 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8407 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8409 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8411 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8413 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8414 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8416 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8417 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8418 It should return the name for that index item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8420 This variable is local in all buffers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8422 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8423
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8424 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8425 Function to compare string with index item.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8426
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8427 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8428 non-nil if they match.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8429
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8430 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8431 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8432 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8433 arguments match\".
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8434
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8435 This variable is local in all buffers.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8436
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8437 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8438
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8439 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8440 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8441 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8443 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8445 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8447 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8448 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8449 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8450 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8451
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8452 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8453 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8455 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8457 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8458 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8459 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8460 for more information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8462 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8463
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8465 ;;;;;; (14589 55732))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8468 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8469 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8470 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8471 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8472 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8474 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8475 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8477 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8478 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8479 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8480 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8481 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8482 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8483 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8484 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8486 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8487 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8488 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8489 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8490 Inferior Lisp buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8492 More precise choices:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8493 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8494 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8495 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8497 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8499 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8500 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8502 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8503 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8504 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8505 to that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8506 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8507 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8508 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8509 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8510 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8512 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8513
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8514 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8516 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8517 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8518 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (14717 22198))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8519 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8521 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8522 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8523 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8525 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8526 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8527 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8528 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8529 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8530 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8532 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8533 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8535 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
8536 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8537 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8539 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8540 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8541 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8542 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8543
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8544 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8545 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8546
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8547 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8548 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8549 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8550 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8551 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8553 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8554 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8555 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8556 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8557 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8558 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8560 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8561 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8562 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8564 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8566 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8567 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8568 ;;;;;; (14710 63985))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8569 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8571 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8572 Throw away all cached data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8573 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8574 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8575 system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8577 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8578 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8579 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8580 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8581 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8582 The default symbol is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8583
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8584 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8586 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8587 Display the documentation of a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8588 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8589 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8590 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8591 The default file name is the one found at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8592
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8593 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8595 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8596 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8598 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8599 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8601 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8603 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8604 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8605 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8607 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8608 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8610 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8611 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8612 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8614 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8615 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8616 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8618 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8619 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8620 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8621 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8623 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8624 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8625 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8627 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8628 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8629 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8630 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8631 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8633 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8635 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8636 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8637 ;;;;;; (14669 64271))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8640 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8641 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8643 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8644 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8646 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8648 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8650 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8651 ;;;;;; (14388 10886))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8654 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8655 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8656 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8657 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8658 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8659 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8661 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8662 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8664 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8665 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8666 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8667 \"s gives German sharp s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8668 /a gives a with ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8669 /e gives an a-e ligature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8670 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8671 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8672 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8674 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8675 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8677 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8680 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8681 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8682 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14564 29908))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8683 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8685 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8686 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8687 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8688 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8689 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8691 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8692 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8693 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8694 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8695 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8697 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8698 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8699 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8700 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8701 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8703 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8704 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8705 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8706 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8707 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8709 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8710 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8711 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8712 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8713 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8719 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725 `format-alist')." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8727 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8728 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8729 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8730 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8731 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8732
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8733 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8734 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8735 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8736 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (so that the function can can be used in
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8737 `format-alist')." t nil)
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
8738
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8739 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8740 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8742 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8743 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8745 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8746 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8748 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8751 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8753 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8754 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8755 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8757 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8758
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8759 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8760 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8761 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8762 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist ispell-local-dictionary-alist
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8763 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8764 ;;;;;; (14728 11002))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8766
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8767 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8768 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8769
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8770 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8771 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8772
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8773 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8774 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8775
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8776 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8777 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8778 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8779 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8781 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8782 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8783 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8784
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8785 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[---]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8787 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8789 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[---']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8791 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[---'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8793 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8794
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
8795 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8797 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8798 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8799
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8800 Each element of this list is also a list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8802 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8803 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8805 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8806 nil means the default dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8808 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8809 word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8811 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8813 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8814 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8815 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8816 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8817 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8818 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8819 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8820 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8821 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8823 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8824 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8825 single word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8827 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8828 subprocess.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8830 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8831 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8832 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8833 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8834 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8835 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8836 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8837 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8839 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8841 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8842 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8843 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8845 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8846 Key map for ispell menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8848 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8849 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8850 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8851 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8852
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8853 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8854
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8855 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8856
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8857 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8858
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8859 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer)))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8860
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
8861 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8863 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|-\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|-\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|-\\|~\\)+\\)+"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8864 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8865 The alist key must be a regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8866 Valid forms include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8867 (KEY) - just skip the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8868 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8869 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8870 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8872 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8873 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8874 First list is used raw.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8875 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8877 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8878 for skipping in latex mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8880 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8882 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8883 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8884 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8885 in a window allowing you to choose one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8887 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8888 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8889 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8890 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8891 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8893 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8894 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8896 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8898 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8899 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8900
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8901 return values:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8902 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8903 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8904 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8905 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8906 quit spell session exited." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8908 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8909 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8911 Selections are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8913 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8914 SPC: Accept word this time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8915 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8916 `a': Accept word for this session.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8917 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8918 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8919 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8920 `?': Show these commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8921 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8922 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8923 the aborted check to be completed later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8924 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8925 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8926 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8927 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8928 `C-l': redraws screen
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8929 `C-r': recursive edit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8930 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8932 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8933 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8934 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8935
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8936 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8937 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8938 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8940 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8942 With prefix argument, set the default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8944 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8945 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8946 Return nil if spell session is quit,
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
8947 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8949 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8950 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8952 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8953 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8954
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8955 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8956 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8958 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8959 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8960 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8961 sequence inside of a word.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8963 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8965 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8966 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8967
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8968 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8969 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8970 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, an a region is active, spell-check
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8971 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
8972
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8973 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8974 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8975 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8977 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8978 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8980 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8981 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8983 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8984 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8985 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8986 Don't check included messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8988 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8989 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8990 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8992 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8993 in your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8994 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8995 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8996 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8997 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8999 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9000 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9001 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9003 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9005 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9006 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9007 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (14727 65181))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9010 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9011 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9012 Return the name of a buffer selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9013 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9014 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9015 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9017 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9018 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9019 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9020 adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9021
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9022 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9023 Switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9025 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9026 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9027 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9028 in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9029 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9031 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9032 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9033 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9034 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9035
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9036 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9037 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9038 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9039 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9041 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9042 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9043 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9044 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9046 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9048 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9049 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9050 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9051 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (14718 42200))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9054 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9056 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9057 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9058 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9059 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9060 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9061 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9062 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9063 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9065 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9066 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9067 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9068 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9070 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9071 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9072 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9073 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9074 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9076 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9077 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9078 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9079 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9080
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9081 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9082 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9083 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9084 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9086 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9087 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9089 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9090 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9091 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9092 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9093 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9095 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9096 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9097 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9098 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9099 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9101 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9102 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9103 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9105 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9106
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9108 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9111 (autoload (quote jit-lock-mode) "jit-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9112 Toggle Just-in-time Lock mode.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9113 Turn Just-in-time Lock mode on if and only if ARG is non-nil.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9114 Enable it automatically by customizing group `font-lock'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9116 When Just-in-time Lock mode is enabled, fontification is different in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9117 following ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9119 - Demand-driven buffer fontification triggered by Emacs C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9120 This means initial fontification of the whole buffer does not occur.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9121 Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9122 through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9123 useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9125 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `jit-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9126 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9127 been idle for `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9128 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9130 - Deferred context fontification if `jit-lock-defer-contextually' is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9131 non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9132 true syntactic context, after `jit-lock-stealth-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9133 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9134 on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9135 corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9136 strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9138 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9139 If the system load rises above `jit-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9140 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9141 the variable `jit-lock-stealth-nice'." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9143 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9144
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9145 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
9146 ;;;;;; (14568 39747))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9148
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9149 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9150 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9151 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9152 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9153
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9154 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9155
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9156 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9157 (defun auto-compression-mode (&optional arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9158 "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9159 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9160 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9161 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9162 (interactive "P")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9163 (if (not (fboundp 'jka-compr-installed-p))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9164 (progn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9165 (require 'jka-compr)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9166 ;; That turned the mode on, so make it initially off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9167 (toggle-auto-compression)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9168 (toggle-auto-compression arg t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9170 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9172 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9173 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9174 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9176 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9177 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9178 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9180 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9181 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9182 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9183 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9184 shorter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9186 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9187 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9188 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9191
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9192 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (14708
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9193 ;;;;;; 9104))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9194 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9195
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9196 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9197 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9198 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9199 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9200 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9201 positions that contains the current selection.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9202
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9203 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9204 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9205 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9206 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9207 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9208 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9209 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9211 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9212
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9213 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9214 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9216
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9217 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9218 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9219 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9221 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9223 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9225 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9226 ;;;;;; (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9228
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9229 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9230
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9231 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9232 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9234 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9236 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9237 Start or resume an Lm game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9238 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9239 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9240
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9241 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9242 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9243 none / 1 | yes | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9244 2 | yes | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9245 3 | no | yes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9246 4 | no | no
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9248 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9249 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9250 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9252 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9253
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9255 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9256 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9258
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9259 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9260
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9261 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9262 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9263 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9264 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9265 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9266 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9267
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9268 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9269 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9270
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9271 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9272 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9273
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9274 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9275 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9276 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9277 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9278 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9279
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9280 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
9281
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9282 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9283
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9284 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
9287 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (14477 53252))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9290 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9291 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9292 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9293 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9295 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9297 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9299 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9300 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9301 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9302 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9303 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9304 for large buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9305
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9306 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9307 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9308 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9309 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9310 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9312 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9313 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9314 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9315 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9316 slow to keep up with your typing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9318 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9319 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9320 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9321 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9322 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9323 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9325 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9326 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9327 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9328 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9330 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9331 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9332 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9333 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9335 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9336 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9337 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9338 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9339 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9341 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9342 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9347 ;;;;;; (14280 10549))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9350 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9351 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9353 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9354 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9356 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9357 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9359 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9360 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9361 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9362 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9363 for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9364 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9365 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9366 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9367 and transmit saved text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9368 \\{ledit-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9369 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9370 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9372 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9374 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9375
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9376 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (13578 3356))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9379 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9380 Run Conway's Life simulation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9381 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9382 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9383 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9385 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9386
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9387 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14647
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9388 ;;;;;; 32003))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9389 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9391 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9392 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9393 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9394 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9396 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9398 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9399 ;;;;;; (14636 62704))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9400 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9402 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9403 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
9404 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9406 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9407 Run the locate command with a filter.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9408
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9409 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9410 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9412 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9413
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9414 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (14651 36595))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9416
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9417 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9418 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9419 The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9420 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9421 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9422 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9423 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9424 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit." nil nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9425
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9426 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9427
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9428 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14631
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
9429 ;;;;;; 42770))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9430 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9431
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9432 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
9433 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9434
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9435 ;;;***
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
9436
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9437 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9438 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (14692
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9439 ;;;;;; 45304))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9442 (defvar printer-name (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "PRN") "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9443 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9444 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9446 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9447 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9449 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9450 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9451 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9452 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9453 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9454 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9455 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9457 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9458 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9459 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9460 switch on this list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9461 See `lpr-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9463 (defvar lpr-command (cond ((memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) "") ((memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))) "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9464 *Name of program for printing a file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9466 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9467 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9468 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9469 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9470 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9471 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9472 argument.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9474 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9475 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9476 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9477 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9479 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9480 Paginate and print buffer contents.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9481
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9482 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9483 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9484 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9485 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9486
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9487 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9488 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9489
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9490 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9491 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9493 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9494 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9495 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9496 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9498 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9499 Paginate and print the region contents.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9500
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9501 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9502 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9503 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9504 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9505
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9506 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9507 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9508
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9509 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
9510 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9512 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9513
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (14425 19316))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9517 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9518 *Non-nil means file patterns are treated as shell wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9519 nil means they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9520 This variable is checked by \\[insert-directory] only when `ls-lisp.el'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9521 package is used.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9523 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9525 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9526 ;;;;;; 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9529 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9530 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9531 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9533 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9535 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9536
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9537 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14717
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9538 ;;;;;; 60217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9541 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9542 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9543 \\{m4-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9544 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9546 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9548 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9549 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (13229 28845))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9550 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9552 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9553 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9554 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9555 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9556 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9558 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9559 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9560 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9561 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9563 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9564 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9565 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9566 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9567 bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9569 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9570 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9572 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9573 Query user during kbd macro execution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9574 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9575 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9576 each time the macro executes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9577 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9578 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9579 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9580 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9581 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9582 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9583 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9585 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9586 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9587 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9589 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9590 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9591 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9592 execute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9594 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9595 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9596
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9597 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9598 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9599 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9600 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9601 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9603 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9604 looked like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9606 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9607 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9608 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9610 You could enter the names in this format:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9612 foo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9613 bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9614 baz
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9616 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9618 \\C-x (
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9619 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9620 \\C-x )
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9622 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9623 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9624 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9625 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9627 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9630 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (14281 39314))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9633 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9634 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9635 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9636 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9638 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9639 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9640 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9641 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9642 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9644 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9645 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9646 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9647 consing a string.)" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9649 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9650 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9652 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9654 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9655 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9656 ;;;;;; (14723 62186))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9659 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9660 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9662 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9664 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9665 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9667 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9668 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9669 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9670 message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9672 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9674 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9675
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9676 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9677 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9678 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14710
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9679 ;;;;;; 50128))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9682 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9683 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9684 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9685 often correct parser.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9686
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9687 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9688
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9689 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9690 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9691 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9692 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9693
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9694 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9695 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9696 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9697 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9698
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9699 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9700 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9701 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9702 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9703
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9704 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9705 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9706 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9707 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9708 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9709 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9711 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
9714 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14608 9472))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9717 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9718 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9720 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9721 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9722 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9724 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9725 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9726 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9728 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9730 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9731 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9732 ;;;;;; 15646))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9735 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9736 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9737 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9738 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9739 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9740 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9741 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9742 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9743
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9744 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9745 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9746 If interactive, expand in header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9747 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9748 their `Resent-' variants.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9750 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9751 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9753 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9754 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9755 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9757 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9758 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9759 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9760 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9762 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9763 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9764 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9765 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9767 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9769 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9770 ;;;;;; (14717 60289))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9773 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9774 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9775 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9777 \\{makefile-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9778
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9779 In the browser, use the following keys:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9781 \\{makefile-browser-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9783 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9785 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9786 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9788 makefile-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9789 The string that gets appended to all target names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9790 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9791 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9792
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9793 makefile-macro-assign:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9794 The string that gets appended to all macro names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9795 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9796 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9797 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9798 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9799 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9801 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9802 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9803 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9805 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9806 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9808 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9809 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9810 up or down in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9812 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9813 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9815 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9816 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9818 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9819 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9820 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9821 has been selected in the browser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9823 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9824 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9825 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9826 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9827 filenames are omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9829 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9830 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9831 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9832 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9833 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9834 the backslash itself intact.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
9835 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9836 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9838 makefile-browser-hook:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9839 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9840 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9842 makefile-special-targets-list:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9843 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9844 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9845 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9847 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9849 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
9850 ;;;;;; 28917))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9851 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9853 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9854 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9855 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9857 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9858
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (14684 27536))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9860 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9862 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9864 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9865 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9866 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9867 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9868 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9869 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9870 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9871
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9872 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
9873 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9875 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9876 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9878 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9880 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9881 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9882 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9883 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9884 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9885 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9886 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9887 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
9888 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (14030 49419))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9891 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9892 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9894 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9895 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9896 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9897 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9898 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9899 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9901 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9902 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9904 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9905 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9907 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9908 *Local news organization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9910 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9911 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9912 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9913 variable `mail-header-separator'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9915 Legal values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9916 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9917 `smtpmail-send-it'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9919 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9920 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9922 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9923 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9924 nil means use indentation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9926 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9927 *Function for citing an original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9928 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9929 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9930 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9932 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9933 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9934 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9935 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9936 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9937
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9938 (defvar message-signature t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9939 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9940 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9941 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9942 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9944 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9945 *File containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9947 (condition-case nil (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook)) (error nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9949 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9950 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9951 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9952 C-c C-s message-send (send the message) C-c C-c message-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9953 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9954 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9955 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9956 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9957 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9958 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9959 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9960 C-c C-t message-insert-to (add a To header to a news followup)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9961 C-c C-n message-insert-newsgroups (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9962 C-c C-b message-goto-body (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9963 C-c C-i message-goto-signature (move to the beginning of the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9964 C-c C-w message-insert-signature (insert `message-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9965 C-c C-y message-yank-original (insert current message, if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9966 C-c C-q message-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9967 C-c C-e message-elide-region (elide the text between point and mark).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9968 C-c C-z message-kill-to-signature (kill the text up to the signature).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9969 C-c C-r message-caesar-buffer-body (rot13 the message body)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9971 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9972 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9973 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9975 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9976 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9978 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9979 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9981 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9982 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9984 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9985 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9986 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9988 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9989 Cancel an article you posted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9991 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9992 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9993 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9994 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9996 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9997 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
9999 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10000 Forward the current message via mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10001 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10003 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10004 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10006 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10007 Re-mail the current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10008 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message than
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10009 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10010 you." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10012 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10013 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10015 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10016 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10018 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10019 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10021 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10022 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10024 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10025 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10026 Works by overstriking characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10027 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10028 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10029
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10030 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10031 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10032 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10033 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10035 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10037 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10038 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10041 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10042 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10043 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10044 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10045
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10046 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10047 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10049 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10050 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10051 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10052 \\{meta-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10053
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10054 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10055 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10057 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10058
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10060 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10061 ;;;;;; (14345 52966))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10064 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10065 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10066 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10068 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10069 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10070 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10071 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10072 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10073 redisplayed as output is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10074 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10076 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10077 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10078 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10079 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10080 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10081 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10082 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10083 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10085 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10086 Process current region through 'metamail'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10087 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10088 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10089 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10090 means current).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10091 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10092 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10093
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10094 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10096 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10097 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14651 36905))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10100 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10101 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10102 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10103 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10105 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10107 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10108 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10109 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10110 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10111 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10112 that want to create a mail buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10113 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10115 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10116 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10117 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10118 to the MH mail system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10119
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10120 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10122 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10123 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10124 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10125 using the MH mail handling system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10126 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10127 messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10129 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10131 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10132
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10133 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10134 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10135 the yanked message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10137 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10138 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10139 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10140 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10141 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10143 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10144 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10145 inserted in a draft letter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10146
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10147 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10148 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10150 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10152 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10153
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10154 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14635
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10155 ;;;;;; 2497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10156 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10158 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10159 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10160 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10161 to the MH mail system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10163 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10164 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10166 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10167
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10169 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10171 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10172 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10174 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10175
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (14457 61243))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10177 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10179 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10181 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10183 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10185 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10187 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10189 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10190 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 14160))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10193 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10194 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10195 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10196 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10197 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10198 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10199 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10200 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10201 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10202 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10203 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10205 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10206 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10207 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10208 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10210 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10212 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10213 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10216 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10217 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10218
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10219 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10220
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10221 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10222 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10225 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10226 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10227 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10228 followed by the first character of the construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10229 \\<m2-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10230 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10231 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10232 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10233 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10234 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10235 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10236 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10237 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10238 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10239 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10240 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10241 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10242 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10243 \\[m2-link] link
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10245 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10246 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10247 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10249 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10250
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10251 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14118
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10252 ;;;;;; 2283))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10253 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10255 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10256 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10257 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10258 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10260 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10262 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10264 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10266 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10267 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10268 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10269 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10270 Triple-clicking selects lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10271 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10272
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10273 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10274 the kill-ring. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10275 directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10276 and interprogram-paste-function to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10278 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10279 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10280
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10281 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10282 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10284 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10285
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10286 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10287 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10288 primary selection and region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10290 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10291
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10292 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10293 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10294
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10295 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10296 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10298 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10299
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10300 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14627 62302))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10303 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10304 Toggle msb-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10306 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10308 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10310 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10312 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10313 Toggle Msb mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10314 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10315 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10316 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10318 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10321 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10322 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10323 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after list-charset-chars
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10324 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10325 ;;;;;; (14697 36467))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10326 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10328 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10329 Display a list of all character sets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10330
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10331 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10332 for internal Emacs use.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10333
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10334 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10335 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10336 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10337 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10338 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10339
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10340 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10341 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10342 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10343 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10345 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10346 but still shows the full information." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10347
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10348 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10349 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10350 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10351 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10352 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10353
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10354 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10355 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10356 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10357 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10358 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10359
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10360 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10361 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10362
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10363 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10364 Display information of in current buffer at position POS.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10365 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10366 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10367 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10368
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10369 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10370 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10372 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10373 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10375 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10376 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10377 at the place of `..':
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10378 `buffer-file-coding-system` (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10379 eol-type of buffer-file-coding-system (of the current buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10380 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10381 eol-type of (keyboard-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10382 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10383 eol-type of (terminal-coding-system)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10384 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10385 eol-type of process-coding-system for read (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10386 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10387 eol-type of process-coding-system for write (of the current buffer, if any)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10388 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10389 eol-type of default-buffer-file-coding-system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10390 `default-process-coding-system' for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10391 eol-type of default-process-coding-system for read
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10392 `default-process-coding-system' for write
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10393 eol-type of default-process-coding-system" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10395 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10396 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10398 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10399 Display a list of all coding systems.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10400 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10402 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10403 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10404
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10405 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10406 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10407
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10408 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10409 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10411 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10412 Display information of FONTSET.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
10413 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10415 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10416 Display a list of all fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10417 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10418 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10419 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10421 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10422 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10424 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10425 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10427 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10428 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10429 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10430 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10432 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10433 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10434 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10436 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10437 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10438 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10440 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10441
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10442 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10443 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10444 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10445 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10446 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10447 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10448 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10451 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10452 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10453 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10454
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10455 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10456 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10457
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10458 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10459 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10460
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10461 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10462 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10464 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10465 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10466 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10467 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10468 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10469
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10470 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10471 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10472 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10473 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10474 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10475
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10476 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10477 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10478
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10479 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10480
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10481 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10482 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10483
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10484 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10485 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10486 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10487
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10488 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10489 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
10490 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10492 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10493 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10494 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10495 is considered.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10496 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10497 longer than KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10498 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10499
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10500 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10501 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10502 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10503 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10504 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10505 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10506 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10507 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10508 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10509 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10510 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10512 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10513 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10515 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10516 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10518 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10519 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10521 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10522 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10523
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10524 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10525 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10527 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10528 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10529 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10530 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10532 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10533 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10534 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10535 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10537 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10538 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10539 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10540 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10541
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10542 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
10543
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install) "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (14378 51930))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10546
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10547 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10548 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10549
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10550 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
10551
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10553 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10554 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10555 ;;;;;; (14727 65050))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10558 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10559 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10561 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10562 Ping HOST.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10563 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10564 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10566 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10567 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10569 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10570
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 Run netstat program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10575 Run the arp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578 Run the route program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 Run nslookup program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585
26084
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10586 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10587 Run dig program." t nil)
804cba424b64 Fix bootstrapping problems.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 25999
diff changeset
10588
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 Run ftp program." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10592 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10593 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10595 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10596 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10597 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10598 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10600 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10602 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10603 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10605 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10606 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10608 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10609
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10610 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10611 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10612 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10613 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (14693 39146))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10614 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10615
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10616 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10617
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10618 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10619
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10620 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10621
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10622 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10623
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10624 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10625
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10626 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10627 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10628 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10629 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10630 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10631
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10632 (defvar comment-start nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10633 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10634
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10635 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10636 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10637 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10638 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10639
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10640 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10641 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10642
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10643 (defvar comment-end "" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10644 *String to insert to end a new comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10645 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10646
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10647 (defvar comment-indent-function (lambda nil comment-column) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10648 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10649 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10650 the comment's starting delimiter.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10651
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10652 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10653 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10654 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10655
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10656 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10657 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10658 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10659 of the corresponding number of spaces.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10660
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10661 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10662 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10663
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10664 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
10665 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10666 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10667
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10668 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10669 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10670 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10671
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10672 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10673 Set the comment column based on point.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10674 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10675 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10676 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10677 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10678
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10679 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10680 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10681 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10682
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10683 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10684 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10685 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10686 comment markers." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10687
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10688 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10689 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10690 With just \\[universal-prefix] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10691 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10692 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10693 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10694 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10695 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10696
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10697 The strings used as comment starts are built from
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10698 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10699
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10700 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10701 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10702 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10703 `comment-region' (unless it only consists in comments, in which
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10704 case it calls `uncomment-region').
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10705 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10706 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10707 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10708
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10709 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10710 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10711 This indents the body of the continued comment
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10712 under the previous comment line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10713
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10714 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10715 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10716 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10717
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10718 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10719 or comment indentation.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10720
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10721 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10722 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10723
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10724 ;;;***
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
10725
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10726 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14030
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10727 ;;;;;; 49432))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10730 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10731 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10732 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10733 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10734 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10735 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10736
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10737 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10739 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10740 ;;;;;; (14030 49439))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10742
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10743 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10744 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10746 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10748 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10749 ;;;;;; (14030 49445))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10752 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10753 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10754 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10756 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10758 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10759 ;;;;;; (14030 49457))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10762 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10763 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10765 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10767 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10768 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14293 3539))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10770
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10771 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10772 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10774 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10775 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10777 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10778 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10780 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10783 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10786 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10787 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10788 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10790 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10792 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10793 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10794 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10795 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10797 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10798 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10799 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10800 to future sessions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10802 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10805 ;;;;;; (13382 24740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10808 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10809 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10810 \\{nroff-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10811 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10812 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10813 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10815 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10818 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10819 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10821 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10822 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10823 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10824 specified by `octave-help-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10825 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10827 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10828
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10829 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
10830 ;;;;;; (14302 32388))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10831 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10833 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10834 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10835 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10837 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10839 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10840 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10842 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10843 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10844 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10846 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10848 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
10851 ;;;;;; (14535 42068))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10854 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10855 Major mode for editing Octave code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10857 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10858 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10859 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10860 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10862 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10863 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10864 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10865 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10866 is why you need this mode!).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10868 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10869 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10870 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10872 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10874 Keybindings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10875 ===========
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10877 \\{octave-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10879 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10880 ==============================================
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10882 octave-auto-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10883 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10884 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10885
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10886 octave-auto-newline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10887 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10888 Default is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10890 octave-blink-matching-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10891 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10892 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10894 octave-block-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10895 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10896 Default is 2.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10897
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10898 octave-continuation-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10899 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10900 Default is 4.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10902 octave-continuation-string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10903 String used for Octave continuation lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10904 Default is a backslash.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10906 octave-mode-startup-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10907 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10908 Default is t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10909
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10910 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10911 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10912 command to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10913
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10914 octave-send-line-auto-forward
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10915 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10916 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10918 octave-send-echo-input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10919 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10921 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10923 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10924 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10925
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10926 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10927 (setq auto-mode-alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10928 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10930 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10931 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10932
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10933 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10934 (lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10935 (abbrev-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10936 (auto-fill-mode 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10937 (if (eq window-system 'x)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10938 (font-lock-mode 1))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10940 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10941 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10942 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10943 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10945 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10947 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
10948 ;;;;;; (14045 29847))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10950
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10951 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10952 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10954 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10955 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10956 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10957 in which there are commands to set the option values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10958 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10960 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10962 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10964 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
10965 ;;;;;; (14495 18064))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10966 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10968 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10969 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10970 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10971 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10973 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10974 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10975 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10976 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10978 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10979 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10980 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10981 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10982 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10983 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10985 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10986 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10988 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10989 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10990 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10991 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10992 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10993 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10994 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10995 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10996 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10997 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10998 The subheadings remain visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10999 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11001 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11002 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11003 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11005 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11006 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11008 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11009 Toggle Outline minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11010 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11011 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11013 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11014
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el"
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11016 ;;;;;; (14316 49544))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11017 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11018
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11019 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11020 *Toggle Show Paren mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11021 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11022 after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11023 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11024 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11025
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11026 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11027
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11028 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11029
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11030 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11031 Toggle Show Paren mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11032 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11033 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11035 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11036 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11038 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11039
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11040 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14627
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11041 ;;;;;; 63384))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11044 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11045 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11046 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11048 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11049 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11051 Other useful functions are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11053 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11054 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11055 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11056 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11057 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11058 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11059 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11060 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11061 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11063 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11065 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11066 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11067 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11068 Indentation for case statements.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11069 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11070 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11071 mark after an end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11072 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11073 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11074 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11075 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11076 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11077 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11078 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11079 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11080 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11081 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11082
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11083 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11084 pascal-separator-keywords.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11086 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11087 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11089 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11090
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11091 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11092 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11095 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11096 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11097 The keys affected are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11098 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11099 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11100 M-Backspace does undo.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11101 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11102 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11103 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11105 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11107 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11108 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (14671 23903))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11111 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11112 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11114 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11116 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11117 which modify the status of the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11118
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11119 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11120 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11121
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11122 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11123 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11125 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11126 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11127 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11128 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11129 turning pc-selection-mode on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11131 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11132 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11134 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11135 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11136 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11138 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11139 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11140 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11142 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11143 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11145 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11146 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11147 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11148
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11149 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11150 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11151 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11152
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11153 F6 other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11154 DELETE delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11155 C-DELETE kill-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11156 M-DELETE kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11157 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11158 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11159 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11160
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11161 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11162 Toggle PC Selection mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11163 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11164 and cursor movement commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11165 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11166 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11168 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11170 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11171
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11172 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11173
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11174 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11175 ;;;;;; 31123))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11176 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11177
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11178 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11179 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11180
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11181 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11182
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11183 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11184 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14680 31143))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11186
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11187 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11188 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11189
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11190 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11191 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11192
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11193 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11194 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11195
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11196 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11197 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11198
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11199 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11200
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11201 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11202
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11203 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11204 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14680 31151))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11206
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11207 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11208 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11209
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11210 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11211 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11212
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11213 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11214 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11215
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11216 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11217
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11218 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11219 ;;;;;; 31160))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11220 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11221
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11222 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11223 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11224 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11225 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11226 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11227 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11228
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11229 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11230
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11231 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11232 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11233 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 31168))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11235
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11236 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11237 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11238
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11239 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11240
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11241 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11242 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11243
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11244 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11245 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11246
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11247 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11248 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11249
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11250 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11251
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11253 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11254
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11255 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11256 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11257
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11258 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11259 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11260
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11261 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11262
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11263 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11264 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11265 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14674
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11266 ;;;;;; 58518))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11268
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11269 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11270 Support extensible programmable completion.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11271 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11272 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11273
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11274 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11275 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11276
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11277 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11278 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11279 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11280
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11281 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11282 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11283
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11284 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11285 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11286 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11287
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11288 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11289 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11290
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11291 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11292 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11293
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11294 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11295 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11296 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11297 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11298 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11299
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11300 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11301 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11302
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11303 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11304
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11305 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11306 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11307 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (14660 49377))
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11309
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11310 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11311 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11312 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11313 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11314
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11315 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11316
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11317 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11318 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11319 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11320 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11321 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11322 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11323 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11324
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11325 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11326 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11327 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11328 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11329 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11330 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11331 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11332 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11333
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11334 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11335 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11336 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11337 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11338 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11339 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11340
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11341 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11342 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11343 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11344 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11345 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11346 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11347 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11348
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11349 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11350
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11351 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-examine) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11352 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11353 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11354
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11355 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11356 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11357 NIL means never do it.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11358 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11359 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11360 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
11361
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11362 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11363 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11364 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11365
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11366 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11367
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (14663 20185))
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11369 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11370
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11371 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11372
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11373 ;;;***
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
11374
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11375 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
11376 ;;;;;; (14644 9538))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11379 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11380 Major mode for editing Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11381 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11382 Tab indents for Perl code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11383 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11384 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11385 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11386 \\{perl-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11387 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11388 perl-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11389 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11390 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11391 perl-tab-to-comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11392 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11393 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11394 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11395 perl-nochange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11396 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11397 perl-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11398 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11399 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11400 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11401 perl-continued-statement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11402 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11403 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11404 perl-continued-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11405 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11406 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11407 perl-brace-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11408 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11409 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11410 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11411 this far to the right of the start of its line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11412 perl-label-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11413 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11414
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11415 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11416 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11417 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11418 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11419 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11420 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11421 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11423 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11425 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11427 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11428 ;;;;;; (14348 33291))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11431 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11432 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11433 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11434 afterwards settable by these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11435 C-c < Move left after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11436 C-c > Move right after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11437 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11438 C-c . Move down after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11439 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11440 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11441 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11442 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11443 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11444 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11445 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11446 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11447 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11448 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11449 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11450 with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11451 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11452 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11453 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11454 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11455 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11456 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11457 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11458 Return Move to beginning of next line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11459 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11460 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11461 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11462 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11463 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11464 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11465 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11466 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11467 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11468 You can manipulate text with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11469 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11470 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11471 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11472 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11473 text is saved in the kill ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11474 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11475 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11476 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11477 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11478 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11479 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11480 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11481 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11482 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11483 commands if invoked soon enough.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11484 You can return to the previous mode with:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11485 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11486 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11488 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11490 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11491 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11493 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11495 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11496
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11497 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14708 25304))
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11499
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11500 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11501 Play pong and waste time.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11502 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11503 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11504
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11505 pong-mode keybindings:
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11506 \\<pong-mode-map>
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11507
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11508 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11509
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11510 ;;;***
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11511
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11516 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11517 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11518 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11519 can handle, whenever this is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11520 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11522 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11523 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11524 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11525 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11526 in the variable `values'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11527
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11528 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11529 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11530 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11531 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11533 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11536 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11539 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11540 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11541 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11542 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11543 \\{prolog-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11544 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11545 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11547 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11548 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11550 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11551
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (14353 44101))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11555 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11556 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11557 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11559 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11560
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11561 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14380
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11562 ;;;;;; 3795))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11564
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11565 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11566 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11567
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11568 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11569
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11570 The following variables hold user options, and can
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11571 be set through the `customize' command:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11572
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11573 ps-mode-auto-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11574 ps-mode-tab
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11575 ps-mode-paper-size
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11576 ps-mode-print-function
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11577 ps-run-prompt
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11578 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11579 ps-run-x
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11580 ps-run-dumb
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11581 ps-run-init
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11582 ps-run-error-line-numbers
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
11583 ps-run-tmp-dir
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11584
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11585 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11586
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11587
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11588 \\{ps-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11589
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11590
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11591 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11592 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11593 The keymap for this second window is:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11594
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11595 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11596
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11597
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11598 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11599 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11600 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11601 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11602 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11603 " t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11604
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11605 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
11606
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11607 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11608 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11609 ;;;;;; ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11610 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" (14728 6241))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11611 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11612
27164
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11613 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11614 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11615
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11616 Valid values are:
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11617
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11618 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11619 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11620 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11621 changed by setting the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11622 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11623 The initial value of this variable is
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11624 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11625 documentation).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11626
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11627 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11628 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11629 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11630 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11631 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11632 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11633 test it.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11634
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11635 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11636 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11637 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11638 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11639 source file. BDF fonts are included in
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11640 `intlfonts-1.1' which is a collection of X11 fonts
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11641 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11642 use this value, be sure to have installed
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11643 `intlfonts-1.1' and set the variable
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11644 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11645 documentation of this variable).
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11646
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11647 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11648 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11649 characters. This is convenient when you want or
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11650 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11651 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11652 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11653
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11654 Any other value is treated as nil.")
7e06ce5ebfe3 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
11655
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11656 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11657 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11658 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11660 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11662 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11663 Generate PostScript code for ploting characters in the region FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11664
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11665 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11667 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11669 Returns the value:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11671 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11673 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11674 the sequence." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11675
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11676 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11677 Generate PostScript code for ploting composition in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11678
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11679 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11680 composition.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11681
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11682 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11683
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11684 Returns the value:
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11685
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11686 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11687
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11688 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11689 the sequence." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11690
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11691 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11692 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11694 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11695 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11696 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11698 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11700 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11701
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11702 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11703 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11704 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11705 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11706 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11707 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (14724 2518))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11710 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
26118
cac2b0da7b3a Updated for ps-print.el, ps-mule.el, and ps-bdf.el.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26084
diff changeset
11711 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11712 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11713 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11714
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11715 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11716 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
11717
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11718 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11719 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11721 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11722 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11723 in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11725 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11726 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11727 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11729 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11730 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11731 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11732 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11733 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11735 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11736 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11737 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11739 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11740 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11741 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11742 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11743 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11747 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11748 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11752 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11753 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11754 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11755 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11756 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11758 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11760 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11761 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11762 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11764 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11766 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11767 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11768 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11769 information in the generated image. This command works only if you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11770 are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11772 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11773
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11774 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11775 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11777 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11778 prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11779 image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11781 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11782 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11783 the PostScript image in a file with that name." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11784
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11785 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11786 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11787 using the current ps-print setup.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11788 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11789 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11791 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11792 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11793 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11795 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11796 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11797 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11799 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11800 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11801
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11802 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11803 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11805 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11806 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11808 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11809
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11810 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11812 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11813 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11816 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11817
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11818 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11820 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11821
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11822 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11823
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11824 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11825 foreground and background colors respectively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11827 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11828 bold - use bold font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11829 italic - use italic font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11830 underline - put a line under text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11831 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11832 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11833 shadow - text will have a shadow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11834 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11835 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11836
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11837 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11839 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11842 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-map quail-define-rules quail-set-keyboard-layout
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11843 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package) "quail" "international/quail.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
11844 ;;;;;; (14666 30210))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11847 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11848 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11849 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11850
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11851 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11852 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11853 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11854 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11855 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11856 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11857 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11859 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11860 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11861 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11862 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11863 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11864 shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11865 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11867 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11869 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11870 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11871 command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11873 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11874 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11875 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11876 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11878 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11879 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11880 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11881 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11882 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11883 to t.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11885 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11886 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11887 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11888 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11890 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11891 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11892 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11893 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11894
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11895 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11896 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11897 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11898 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11899 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11900 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11901
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11902 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11903 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11904 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11905 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11906 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11907 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11909 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11910 covers Quail translation region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11912 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11913 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11914 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11915 for it) is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11916
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11917 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11918 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11919 vs. corresponding command to be called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11921 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11922 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11923 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11925 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11926 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11928 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11929 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11930 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11931 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11932 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11934 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11935 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11936 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11937 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11938 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11939 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11940 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11941 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11942 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11943 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11945 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11946 it is used to handle KEY." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11947
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11948 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11949 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11950
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11951 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11952 which to install MAP.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
11953
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11954 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11955
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11956 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11957 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11958 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11959 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11960 a function, or a cons.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11961 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11962 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11963 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11964 for the translation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11965 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11966 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11967 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11968 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11969 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11971 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11972 it is used to handle KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11974 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11975 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11976 current Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11977
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11978 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11979 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11981 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11982 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11984 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11985 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11986 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11987 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11988 of the Emacs source tree.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11990 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11991 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11992
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11993 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11994 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11995 of each directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11997 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12000 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
28288
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12001 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14554
739959bbed82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28212
diff changeset
12002 ;;;;;; 7245))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12004
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12005 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12006 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12007 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12008 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12009
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12010 To make use of this do something like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12012 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12013
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12014 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12015
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12016 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current\nbuffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12018 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12019 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12021 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12022 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12023
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12024 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12025 is decided." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12027 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.\n\nIf not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the\ncurrent buffer, this default action can be modifed via\n`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12029 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12030 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12032 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12033 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12035 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12036 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12038 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12040 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12041
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12042 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12043 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12045 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12046
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12047 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (13149
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12048 ;;;;;; 16808))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12049 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12051 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12052 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12053 See \\[compile]." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12055 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12056
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12057 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12058 ;;;;;; (14539 41135))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12060
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12061 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12062 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12063
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12064 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12065
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12066 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12067 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12068 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14717 22266))
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12070
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12071 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12072 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12073
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12074 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12075 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12076
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12077 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12078 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12079
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12080 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12081 Open a buffer that allows the user to choose a file to open from
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12082 the list of recently opened files. The optional argument FILES may be
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12083 used to specify the list, otherwise recentf-list is used. The optional
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12084 argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12085
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12086 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12087 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12088
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12089 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12090 Toggle recentf mode.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12091 With prefix ARG, turn recentf mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12092 Returns the new status of recentf mode (non-nil means on).
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12093
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12094 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12095 were operated on recently." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12096
25999
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12097 ;;;***
3dc900e05402 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25998
diff changeset
12098
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle replace-rectangle string-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12100 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12101 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12102 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (14709
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12103 ;;;;;; 28151))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12106 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12107 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12108 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12109 spaces and tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12110
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12111 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12112 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12114 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12115 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12116 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12117 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12118 ends.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12119
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12120 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12121 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12122 to be deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12124 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12125 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12126 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12127
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12129 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12130 deleted." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12132 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12133 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12134 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12135
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12136 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12137 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12138
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12139 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12140 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12141
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12142 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12143 deleted." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12144
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12145 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12146 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12148 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12149 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12150 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12151 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12152 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12153 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12154 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12156 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12157 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12158
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12159 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12160 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12161
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12162 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12163 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12164 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12165 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12167 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12168 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12169 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12170 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12171 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12172
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12173 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12174 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12176 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12177 Insert STRING on each line of the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12178
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12179 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12180 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12181 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12182
28162
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12183 (autoload (quote replace-rectangle) "rect" "\
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12184 Like `string-rectangle', but replace the original region." t nil)
fcaa686e3b46 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28077
diff changeset
12185
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12186 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12187 Blank out the region-rectangle.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12188 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12189
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12190 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12191 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12192 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12193
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12194 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12195
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12196 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12197 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12198 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12200 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12201 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12203 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12204 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12205
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12206 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12207 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12208
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12209 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12210 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12211 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12212 \\ref macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12214 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12215 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12216 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12217
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12218 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12219 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12220 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12221
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12222 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12223 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12225 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12226 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12228 \\{reftex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12229 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12230 on the menu bar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12232 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12233
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12234 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12235
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12236 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12237 ;;;;;; (14702 57277))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12239
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12240 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12241 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12242 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12243 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12244 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12245 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12247 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12248
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12249 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12250
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12251 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12252 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12253 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12254 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12256 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12257 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12258 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12259 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12261 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12262
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12263 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12264 ;;;;;; (14671 47574))
26963
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12266
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12267 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12268 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12269 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12270
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12271 To insert new phrases, use
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12272 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12273 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12274
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12275 To index phrases use one of:
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12276
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12277 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12278 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12279 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12280 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12281 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12282
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12283 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12284 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12285
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12286 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12287
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12288 Here are all local bindings.
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12289
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12290 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12291
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12292 ;;;***
f281dfbf8cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26899
diff changeset
12293
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12294 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12295 ;;;;;; (14619 3367))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12298 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12299 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12300 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12301 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12302 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12303 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12305 (let ((open-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close-paren (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
12306 (concat open-paren (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close-paren))" nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12308 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12309 Return the depth of REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12310 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12311 in REGEXP." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12313 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12314
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12315 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14081 4820))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12316 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12318 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12319 Repeat most recently executed command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12320 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12321 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12322 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12324 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12325 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12326 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12327
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12328 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12330 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12331 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12333
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12334 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12335 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12336
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12337 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12338 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12339 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12340 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12341 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12342 and point is left after the salutation.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12343
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12344 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12345 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12346 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12347 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12348 left after that text.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12349
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12350 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12351 is non-nil.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12352
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12353 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12354 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12355 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12356 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12358 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12360 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12361 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12362 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12364 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12365 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12366 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12367 visibility of comments that precede it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12368 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12369 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12370 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12371 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12372 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12373 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12374 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12375 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12376 the comment lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12377 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12378 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12379 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12380 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12381 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12382 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12383
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12384 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12386 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12387 ;;;;;; 50658))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12389
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12390 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12391 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12392
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12393 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12394
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12395 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12396 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12399 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12400 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12401
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12402 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12403 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12405 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12406
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12407 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
12408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12409 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12411 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12412 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12413 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12414 other arguments for `rlogin'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12416 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12417
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12418 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12419 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12420 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12421 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12423 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12424 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12426 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12427 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12429 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12430 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12431 INPUT-ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12433 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12434 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12435 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12436 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12437 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12438
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12439 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12440 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12441 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12442 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12444 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12445 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12446 variable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12448 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12450 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12451 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12452 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12453 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12454 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
12455 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12456 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12457 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12459 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12460 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12461 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12462 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12464 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12465 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12466 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12467 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12468 value is the user's name.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12469 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12471 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12472 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12473 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12474 which normally happens once for each message,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12475 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12476 To make a change in this variable take effect
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12477 for a message that you have already viewed,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12478 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12480 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12481 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12482 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12483 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12485 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12486 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12488 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12489 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12490 A value of nil means don't highlight.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12491 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12493 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12494 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12496 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12497 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12499 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12500 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12501 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12502 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12503 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12505 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12506 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12508 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12509 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12511 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12512 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12513
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12514 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote yes-or-no-p) "\
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12515 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28288
diff changeset
12516
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12517 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12518 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12520 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12521 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12523 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12524 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12525
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12526 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12527 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
12528
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12529 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12530 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12531 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12532 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12534 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12535 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12537 This is set to nil by default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12539 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12540 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12541 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12542 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12543 until a user explicitly requires it.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12545 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12546 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12548 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12549 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12550 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12551 this feature is required with `require'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12553 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12554 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12555 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12556 the message is decoded as normal way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12558 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12559 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12560 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12562 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12563 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12564 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12566 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12567 Read and edit incoming mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12568 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12569 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12570 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12572 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12573 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12574 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12575 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12577 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12579 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12580 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12581 All normal editing commands are turned off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12582 Instead, these commands are available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12584 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12585 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12586 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12587 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12588 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12589 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12590 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12591 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12592 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12593 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12594 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12595 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12596 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12597 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12598 till a deleted message is found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12599 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12600 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12601 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12602 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12603 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12604 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12605 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12606 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12607 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12608 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12609 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12610 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12611 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12612 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12613 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12614 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12615 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12616 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12617 (label defaults to last one specified).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12618 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12619 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12620 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12621 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12622 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12623 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12624 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12625 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12626 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12628 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12629 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12631 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12632 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12634 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12636 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12637 ;;;;;; (14387 64145))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12640 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12641 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12642
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12643 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12645 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12646 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12647 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (12875 8164))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12648 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12650 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12651 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12652 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12654 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12655 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12656 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12658 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12660 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12661 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12662 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12663 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12664 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12666 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12667 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12668 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12669 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12670 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12672 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12673
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12674 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12675 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12678 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12679 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12680 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12681 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12683 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12685 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12686 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12687 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (14636 62741))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12690 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12691 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12692 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12693 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12694 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12695 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12696 a file name as a string.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12698 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12699 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12700 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12701 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12702 buffer visiting that file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12703 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12704 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12706 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12707 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12709 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12710 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12711
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12712 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12713 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12715 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12716 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12718 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12719 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12720 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12721 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12722 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12724 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12725 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12726 will be appended with their original headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12728 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12729 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12731 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12732 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12733
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12734 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12736 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12737 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12738 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12740 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12741
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-keywords rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12743 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12744 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (13054
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12745 ;;;;;; 26387))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12748 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12749 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12750 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12751
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12752 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12753 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12754 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12755
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12756 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12757 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12758 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12760 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12761 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12762 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12764 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12765 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12766 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12767
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12768 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12769 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12770 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12772 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-keywords) "rmailsort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12773 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12774 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12775 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12776
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12777 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12778
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12779 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12780 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12781 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12782 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
12783 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (14637 38354))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12784 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12786 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12787 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12788
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12789 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12790 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12792 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12793 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12795 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12796 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12797 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12799 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12800 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12801 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12802 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12803 only look in the To and From fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12804 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12805
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12806 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12807 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12808 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12809 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12810 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12812 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12813 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12814 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12815 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12816 look in the whole message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12817 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12819 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12820 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12821 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12822
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12823 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12824 *Function to decode summary-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12826 By default, `identity' is set.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12827
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12828 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12829 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12830 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12831 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12832 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12833 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12834 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12835
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12836 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12837 sent by you under different user names.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12838 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12839
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12840 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
12841
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12842 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "mail/rnewspost.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12845 ;;;;;; (14660 49436))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rnewspost.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12847
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12848 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12849 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12850 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12851 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12855 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12856 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12857 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12859 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12860 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12861 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12862
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12863 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12864 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12865
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12866 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12868 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12869 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12870 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12871 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14301 25409))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12872 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12874 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12875 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12877 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12878
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12879 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12880
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12881 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12882 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12883
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12884 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12885 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12887 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12888 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12890 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12891 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12893 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12894 *This variable is obsolete.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12896 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12897 This function is obsolete." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12899 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12901 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12902 ;;;;;; (14432 37919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12905 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12906 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12907 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12909 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12910 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12911 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12912 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12913 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\". For more information
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12914 see the documentation for xscheme-interaction-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12916 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12917 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12918 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12919 \\{scheme-mode-map}
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12920 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12921 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12923 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12924 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26963
diff changeset
12925 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12927 Commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12928 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12929 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12930 \\{scheme-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12931 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12932 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12933 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12935 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12938 ;;;;;; (14030 49477))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12940
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12941 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12942 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12943 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12945 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12947 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12948
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12949 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
12950 ;;;;;; 55098))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12953 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12954 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
12955 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12956 \\{scribe-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12958 Interesting variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12960 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12961 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12963 scribe-electric-quote
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12964 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12966 scribe-electric-parenthesis
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12967 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12968 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12970 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12971
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12972 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12973 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12974 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator mail-yank-ignored-headers
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12975 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12976 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (14720 1500))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12979 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12980 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12981
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12982 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12983 king@grassland.com
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12984 If `parens', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12985 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12986 If `angles', they look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12987 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12988 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12989 derived from the envelope-from address.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12990
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12991 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12992 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12993 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12994 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12995
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
12996 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12997 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12998 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
12999
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13000 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13001 is a privileged operation.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13003 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13004 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13005 This is done when the message is initialized,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13006 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13008 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13009 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13010 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13011
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13012 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13013 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13015 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13016 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13017 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13018 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13020 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13021 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13023 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13024 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13025 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13027 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13028 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13029 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13030 when you first send mail.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13031
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13032 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13033 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13034 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13035 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13036 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13038 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13039 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13040 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13041 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13042 This file need not actually exist.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13043
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13044 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13045 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13046 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13047 If a string, that string is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13048 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13049 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13050 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13051 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13052
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13053 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13054 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13055 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13056 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13057 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13058 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13059 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13060 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13061 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13062 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13063 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13064 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13065 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC)." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13066
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13067 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13068 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13069 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13070 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13071 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13072 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13073
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13074 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13075 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13076 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13078 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13079 User should not set this variable manually,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13080 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13081 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13082 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13083 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13085 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13086 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13087 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13088 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13090 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13091 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13093 \\<mail-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13094 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13095
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13096 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13097 to move to message header fields:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13098 \\{mail-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13099
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13100 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13101 when the message is initialized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13103 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13104 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13105
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13106 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13107 is inserted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13109 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13110 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13111
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13112 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13113 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13114
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13115 The second through fifth arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13116 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13117 the initial contents of those header fields.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13118 These arguments should not have final newlines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13119 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13120 original message being replied to, or else an action
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13121 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13122 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13123 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13124 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13125 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13126 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13127
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13128 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13129 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13130
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13131 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13132 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13134 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13135
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13136 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (14688 19453))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13139 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13140 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13141 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13142 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13143 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13144 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13146 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13148 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13150 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
13151 ;;;;;; (14501 37288))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13154 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13155 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13156 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13157 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13158 `sgml-quick-keys'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13160 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13161 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13162 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13164 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13165 your `.emacs' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13167 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13169 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13170 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13171 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13173 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13174 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13175 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13176 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13177 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13178 which this is based.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13179
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13180 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13181
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13182 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13183 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13184 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13185 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13187 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13188 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13189 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13191 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13192 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13193 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13194 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13196 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13197 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13198 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13199 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13200
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13201 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13202
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13203 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13204 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13205 To work around that, do:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13206 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13208 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13209
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13210 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13213 ;;;;;; (14672 61162))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13216 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13218 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13219 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13220 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13221 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13222 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13223 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13225 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13226 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13227 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13228 shell-specific features.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13229
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13230 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13231 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13232 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13234 \\[sh-case] case statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13235 \\[sh-for] for loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13236 \\[sh-function] function definition
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13237 \\[sh-if] if statement
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13238 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13239 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13240 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13241 \\[sh-select] select loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13242 \\[sh-until] until loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13243 \\[sh-while] while loop
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13244
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13245 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13246 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13247 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13248 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13249 would indent to the way it currently is.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13250 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13251 buffer indents as it currently is indendeted.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13252
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13253
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13254 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13255 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13256 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13257 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13258 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13259 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13260
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13261 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13262 {, (, [, ', \", `
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13263 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13265 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13266 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13267 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13268
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13269 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13270 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13272 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13273
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13274 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13277 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13278 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13280 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13281 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13283 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13284 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13285 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13286 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13287 the earlier.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13288
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13289 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13291 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13292
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13293 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13294 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13295 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13296
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13297 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13298 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13300 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13301 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13302 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13303 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13304 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13305 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13306 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13307 emacs version).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13308
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13309 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13310 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13311 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13312 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13313 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13314
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13315 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13316 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13317 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13319 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-prompt-pattern) "shell" "shell.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13322 ;;;;;; (14263 35978))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13325 (defvar shell-prompt-pattern "^[^#$%>\n]*[#$%>] *" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13326 Regexp to match prompts in the inferior shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13327 Defaults to \"^[^#$%>\\n]*[#$%>] *\", which works pretty well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13328 This variable is used to initialise `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13329 shell buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13331 The pattern should probably not match more than one line. If it does,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13332 Shell mode may become confused trying to distinguish prompt from input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13333 on lines which don't start with a prompt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13335 This is a fine thing to set in your `.emacs' file.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13337 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13338 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through buffer *shell*.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13339 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13340 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to buffer `*shell*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13341 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13342 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13343 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13344 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13345 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13346 discards input when it starts up.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13347 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13348 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13349 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13351 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13352 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13353 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13354 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13355 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13356 `default-process-coding-system'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13358 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13359 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13360 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13361 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13363 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13364 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13366 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13367
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13368 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13369 ;;;;;; 23740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13372 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13373 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13374 \\{simula-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13375 Variables controlling indentation style:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13376 simula-tab-always-indent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13377 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13378 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13379 simula-indent-level
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13380 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13381 simula-substatement-offset
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13382 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13383 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13384 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13385 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13386 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13387 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13388 simula-label-offset -4711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13389 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13390 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13391 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13392 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13393 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13394 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13395 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13396 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13397 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13398 simula-electric-indent nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13399 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13400 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13401 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13402 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13403 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13404 or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13405 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13406 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13407 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13408 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13410 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13411 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13413 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13414 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13415 at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13417 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13418
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13419 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13420 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13421 ;;;;;; (13940 33497))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13424 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13425 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13427 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13428 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13429 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13430 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13431 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13433 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13434 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13435 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13436 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13437 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13438 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13439 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13441 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13442 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13443 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13445 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13446 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13447 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13448 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13449 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13450 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13451 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13453 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13454 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13455 ignored." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13457 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13458 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13460 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13461 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13462 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13463 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13465 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13466 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13467 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13468 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13470 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13471 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13472 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13474 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13475 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13477 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13478 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13480 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13481 _ interesting point, interregion here, point after termination
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13482 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13483 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13484 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13485 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13486 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13487 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13488 nil skipped
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13490 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13491 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13492 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13493 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13494 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13495 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13496 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13497 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13499 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13500 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13501 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13502 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13503 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13504 available:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13506 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13507 then: insert previously read string once more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13508 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13509 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13510 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13512 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13513 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13515 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13516 Insert the character you type ARG times.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13518 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13519 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13520 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13521 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13523 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13524 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13525 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13527 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13528
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13529 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (14716
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13530 ;;;;;; 1565))
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13531 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13532
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13533 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13534 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13535 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13536
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13537 ;;;***
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
13538
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13539 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
13540 ;;;;;; (14342 21398))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13541 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13543 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13545 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13546
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13547 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13550 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13551 Play the Snake game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13552 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13554 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13556 snake-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13557 \\<snake-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13558 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13559 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13560 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13561 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13562 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13563 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13564 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13566 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13568 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13569
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13570 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13571 ;;;;;; (14082 18459))
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
13572 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13574 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13575 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13576 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13577 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13578 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13579 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13580 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13581 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13582 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13584 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13585 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13586 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13587 Tab indents for C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13588 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13590 \\{snmp-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13591 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13592 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13594 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13596 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13597 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13598 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13599 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13601 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13602 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13604 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13605 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13606 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13608 For example, the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13610 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13611 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13612
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13613 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13615 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13616 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13618 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13619 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13620 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13621 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13623 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13625 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13626 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13628 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13629 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13630 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13631 York City.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13633 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13635 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13636 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13637 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13638 pair.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13640 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13642 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13643 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13644 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13646 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13647 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13648
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13649 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13650
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13651 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13652 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13653 Requires floating point." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13654
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13655 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13656
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13657 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13658 ;;;;;; 20348))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13661 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13662 Play Solitaire.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13664 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13665 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13666 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13667 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13668 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13669 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13670 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13671 check after each move or undo)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13673 What is Solitaire?
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13675 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13676 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13677 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13679 Le Solitaire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13680 ============
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13682 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13684 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13686 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13687
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13688 o o o . o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13690 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13691
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13692 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13694 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13696 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13697 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13698 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13699 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13701 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13702 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13703 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13704 this: o o .
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13706 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13707 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13709 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13710
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13711 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13713 . o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13714
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13715 o o . o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13717 o . o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13718
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13719 o o o o o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13721 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13723 o o o
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13725 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13726
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13727 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13729 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13731 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13732 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13733 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14481 36636))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13736 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13737 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13738 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13740 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13741 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13742 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13743 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13744 contiguous.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13746 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13747 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13748 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13749 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13750
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13751 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13752 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13753
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13754 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13755 It moves point to the start of the next record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13756 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13757 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13758 is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13760 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13761 It should move point to the end of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13762
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13763 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13764 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13765 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13766 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13767 starts at the beginning of the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13769 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13770 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13771 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13773 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13774 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13775 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13776 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13777 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13778 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13780 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13781 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13782 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13783 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13784 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13785 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13787 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13788 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13789 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13790 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13791 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13792 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13794 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13795 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13796 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13797 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13798 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
13799 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13800 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13801 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13802 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13804 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13805 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13806 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13807 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13808 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13809 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13810 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13811 the sort order." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13813 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13814 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13815 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13816 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13817 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13818 is to be used for sorting.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13819 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13820 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13821 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13822 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13823 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13825 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13827 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13828 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13830 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13831 starting with the letter \"f\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13832 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13833
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13834 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13835 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13836 For the purpose of this command, the region includes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13837 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13838 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13839 A prefix argument means sort into reverse order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13840 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13841 the sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13842
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13843 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13844 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13845 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13846 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13847 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13849 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13850 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13851 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13853 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13855 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
13856 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (14642 23986))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13858
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13859 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13861 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13862 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13863 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13864 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13865 supported at a time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13866 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13867 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13869 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13870 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13871 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13872 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13874 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13876 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13877 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (13553 46858))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13880 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13882 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13883 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13884 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13885 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13886 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13887 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13889 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13890 Check spelling of word at or before point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13891 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13892 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13894 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13895 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13896 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13897 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13898 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13900 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13901 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13902
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13903 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13904
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13905 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (13607
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13906 ;;;;;; 43485))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13908
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13909 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13910 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13912 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13913 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13915 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13916
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13917 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13918 ;;;;;; sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql"
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13919 ;;;;;; "progmodes/sql.el" (14720 34739))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13922 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13923 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13925 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13926 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13928 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13930 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13931
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13932 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13934 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13935 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13936 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13937 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13938 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13939 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13940 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13941
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13942 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13943
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13944 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13945 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13946 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13947 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13949 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13950 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13951 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13952 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13954 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13955 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13956 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13958 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13959 Major mode to edit SQL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13961 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13962 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13963 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13964
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
13965 \\{sql-mode-map}
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13966 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13968 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13969 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13970 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13971 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13972 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13973 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13975 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13976 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13977
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13978 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13979 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13980
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13983 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13984
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13986 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13987 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13988 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13989
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13990 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13991 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13992
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13993 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13994 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13995 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13996 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13997 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13998 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
13999
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14000 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14001
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14002 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14003 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14004
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14007 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14008
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14010 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14011 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14012
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14013 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14015
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14016 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14017 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14018 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14019 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14020 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14021 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14022
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14023 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14024
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14025 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14026 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14027
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14028 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14029 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14030 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14031
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14032 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14033 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14034
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14035 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14036 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14037
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14040 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14043 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14044
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14046
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14047 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14048 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14049
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14050 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14051 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14052
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14053 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14054 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14055 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14056
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14057 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14058 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14059 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14060
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14061 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14062 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14063
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14064 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14065 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14066 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14067 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14068 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14069 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14070
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14071 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14072
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14073 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14074 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14075
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14076 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14077 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14078 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14079
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14080 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14081 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14082 defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14083
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14084 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14085 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14086
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14089 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14092 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14093
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14095
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14096 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14097 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14098
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14101 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14102
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14104 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14105
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14106 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14108
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14109 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14110 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14111 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14112 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14113 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14114 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14115
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14116 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14117
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14118 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14119 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14120
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14121 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14122 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14123 `*SQL*'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14124
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14125 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14126 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14127 as defaults, if set.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14128
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14129 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14130 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14131
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14132 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14133 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14134 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14135 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14136 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14137 `default-process-coding-system'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14138
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14139 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14140
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14141 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14142 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14144 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14145 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14146 `*SQL*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14148 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14149 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14150
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14151 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14154 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14155 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14156 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14157 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14158 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14159 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14160 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14161 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14162
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14163 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14164 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14165
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14166 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14167
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14168 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14170 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-mode strokes-load-user-strokes strokes-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14171 ;;;;;; strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke strokes-do-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14172 ;;;;;; strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke strokes-global-set-stroke)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14173 ;;;;;; "strokes" "strokes.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14174 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14175
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14176 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14177 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14179 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14180 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14181 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14182 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14183 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14184 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14186 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14187
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14188 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14189 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14190 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14191 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14192 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14193 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14194 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14196 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14197 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14198 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14199 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14200 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14201 then complete the stroke with button3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14202 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14204 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14205 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its comand.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14206 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14207
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14208 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14209 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14210 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14211
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14212 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14213 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14214
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14215 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14216
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14217 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14218 Get instructional help on using the the `strokes' package." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14220 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14221 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14223 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14224
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14225 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14226 Toggle strokes being enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14227 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14228 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14229 mode in all buffers when activated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14230 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14231 new strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14232
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14233 > M-x global-set-stroke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14235 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14236 Sh-button-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14237 strokes with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14238
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14239 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14240 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14242 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
14245 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14247
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14248 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14249 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14250 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14251 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14252 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14253 original message but it does require a few things:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14254
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14255 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14257 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14258 reply buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14259
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14260 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14261 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14262 original message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14263
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14264 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14266 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14267
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14268 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14269 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14270 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14271
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14272 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14273
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14274 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14276
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14277 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14278 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14279 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14280 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14281 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14283 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14284 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14285 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14286 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14287 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14288 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14289 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14292
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14293 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14294 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14296 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14297 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14299 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14300
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14301 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14664 40536))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14302 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14304 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14305 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14306 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14307 Letters no longer insert themselves.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14308 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14309 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14310 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14311
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14312 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14313 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14314 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14315 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14317 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14318 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14320 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14321
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14322 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14323 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14651 36906))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14325
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14326 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14327 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14328 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14329 Tab indents for Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14330 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14331 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14332
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14333 Variables controlling indentation style:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14334 tcl-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14335 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14336 tcl-continued-indent-level
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14337 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14338
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14339 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14340 documentation for details):
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14341 tcl-tab-always-indent
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14342 Controls action of TAB key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14343 tcl-auto-newline
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14344 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14345 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14346 tcl-electric-hash-style
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14347 Controls action of `#' key.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14348 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14349 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14350 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14351 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14352 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14353 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14354
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14355 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14356 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14357 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14358 already exist.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14359
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14360 Commands:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14361 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14362
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14363 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14364 Run inferior Tcl process.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14365 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14366 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14367
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14368 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14369 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14370 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14371
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14372 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14373
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14374 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (13858 52416))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
14375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14376 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14377
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14378 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14379 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14380 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14381 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14382 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14383 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14384 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14385 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14386
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14387 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14388 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14389 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14390 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14391
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14392 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14393
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14394 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (14700
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14395 ;;;;;; 46635))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14396 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14397
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14398 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14399 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14400 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14401 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14402 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14403 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14404
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14405 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14406 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14407
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14408 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14409 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14410
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14411 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14412
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14413 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14688
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14414 ;;;;;; 19748))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14415 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14417 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14418 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14419 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14420 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14421 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14422 program as keyboard input.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14424 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14425 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14426 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14427 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14429 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14430 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14431 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14432 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14433 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14434
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14435 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14436
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14437 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14438 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14439 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14440 terminal-redisplay-interval.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14442 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14443 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14444 subprocess started." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14446 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14447
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14448 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14451 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14452 Play the Tetris game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14453 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14454 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14455 as to form complete rows.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14457 tetris-mode keybindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14458 \\<tetris-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14459 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14460 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14461 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14462 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14463 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14464 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14465 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14466 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14467
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14468 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14470 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14471
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14472 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14473 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14474 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14475 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14476 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14477 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14478 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14479 ;;;;;; (14365 34873))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14482 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14483 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14484
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14485 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14486 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14487 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14488 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14489 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14491 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14492 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14493 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14494 if it matches the first line of the file,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14495 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14497 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14498 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14499 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14500 if the variable is non-nil.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14502 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14503 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14505 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14506 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14507 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14508 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14510 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14511 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14512 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14513 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14515 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14516 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14517 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14518 See the documentation of that variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14520 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14521 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14522 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14523 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14525 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14526 *User defined LaTeX block names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14527 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14529 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14530 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14531 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14532 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14533
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14534 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14535 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14536 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14537 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14539 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14540 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14541 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14542 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14544 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14545 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14546 for example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14548 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14549 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14551 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14552 use.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14554 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14555 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14556 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14557 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14559 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14560 window system being used. For example,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14562 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14563 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14564
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14565 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14566 otherwise.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14568 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14569 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14570 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14571
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14572 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14573 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14574 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14575 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14576 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14578 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14579 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14581 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14582 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14583
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14584 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14585 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14586 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14587 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14588 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14589 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14590 says which mode to use." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14592 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14594 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14596 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14597
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14598 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14599 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14600 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14601 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14602 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14603
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14604 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14605 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14606 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14607 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14608 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14609 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14610 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14612 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14613 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14615 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14616 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14617
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14618 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14619 tex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14620 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14621 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14622 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14623 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14624 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14625 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14626 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14627 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14628 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14629 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14630 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14631 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14632 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14633 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14634
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14635 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14636 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14637 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14639 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14640 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14641 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14642 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14643 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14645 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14646 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14647 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14648 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14649 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14650 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14651 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14653 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14654 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14656 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14657 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14659 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14660 latex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14661 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14662 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14663 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14664 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14665 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14666 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14667 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14668 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14669 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14670 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14671 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14672 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14673 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14674 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14676 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14677 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14678 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14680 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14681 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14682 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14683 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14684 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14685
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14686 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14687 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14688 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14689 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14690 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14691 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14692 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14694 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14695 mismatched $'s or braces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14697 Special commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14698 \\{tex-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14700 Mode variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14701 slitex-run-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14702 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14703 tex-directory
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14704 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14705 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14706 tex-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14707 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14708 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14709 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14710 argument) to print a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14711 tex-dvi-view-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14712 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14713 tex-show-queue-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14714 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14715 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14716
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14717 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14718 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14719 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14720 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14721
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14722 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14723
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14724 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14726 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
14727 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (14600 18796))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14730 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14731 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14732 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14733 name specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14735 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14736 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14737 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14738
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14739 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14740 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14741 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14742 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14743 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14744
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14745 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14746 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14747 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14748 names specified in the @setfilename command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14750 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14751 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14752 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14753 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14755 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14756 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14757
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14758 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14760 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el"
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14761 ;;;;;; (14587 10351))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14763
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14764 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14765 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14767 It has these extra commands:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14768 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14769
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14770 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14771 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14772 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14773 modified version of TeX input format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14774
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14775 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14776 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14777 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14778 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14779
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14780 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14781 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14782 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14783 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14784 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14785 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14786 in the Texinfo file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14787
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14788 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14789 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14790 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14791 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14792 move forward past the closing brace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14794 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14795 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14797 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14798 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14799 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14801 Here are the functions:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14803 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14804 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14805 texinfo-sequential-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14807 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14808 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14809 texinfo-master-menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14811 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14812
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14813 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14814 which menu descriptions are indented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14815
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14816 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14817 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14818 in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14819
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14820 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14821 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14822 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14823 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14825 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14826 be the first node in the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14827
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14828 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
14829 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14830
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14831 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14833 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-every-node-update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14834 ;;;;;; texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
14835 ;;;;;; (14263 36019))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14838 (autoload (quote texinfo-update-node) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14839 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14840 Interactively, a prefix argument means to operate on the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14842 The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14843 keybindings, are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14844
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14845 texinfo-update-node (&optional beginning end) \\[texinfo-update-node]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14846 texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14847 texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14848
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14849 texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14850 texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14851 texinfo-master-menu ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14852
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14853 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14854
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14855 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14856 which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14857
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14858 (autoload (quote texinfo-every-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14859 Update every node in a Texinfo file." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14860
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14861 (autoload (quote texinfo-sequential-node-update) "texnfo-upd" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14862 Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14864 This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14865 immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14866 lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14867 `p' takes you straight through the file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14868
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14869 Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14870 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14871 marked region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14873 This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14874 subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14875 to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14876 Info `g*' command is inadequate." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14877
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14878 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14879
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14880 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
14881 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14882 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (14647 32047))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14884
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14885 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14886 Compose Thai characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14887 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14888 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14889
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14890 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14891 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14892
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14893 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14894 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14896 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14897
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14898 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14899 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14900 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14901 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14902 to compose.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14903
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14904 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14906 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14907
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14908 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14909 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14910 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14660 49377))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14913 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14914 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14915
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14916 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14917 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14918 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14919 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14920 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14921
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14922 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14923 a symbol as a valid THING.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14925 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14926 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14928 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14929 Return the THING at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14930 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14931 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14932 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14933
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14934 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14935 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14936
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14937 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14938
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14939 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14940
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14941 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14942
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14943 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
14944
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14945 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14948 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14949 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14950 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14951 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (14672
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
14952 ;;;;;; 33974))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14953 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14954
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14955 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14956 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14957 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14958
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14959 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14960 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14961
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14962 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14963 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14964 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14965
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14966 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14967 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14969 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14970 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14971
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14972 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14973 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14974 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14975 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14976
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14977 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14978 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14979 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
14980 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14981
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14982 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14984 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14985 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
26899
5d1bf698efc8 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 26724
diff changeset
14986 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14988 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14989 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14990 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14992 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14994 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14996 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14997
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
14998 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
14999 ;;;;;; (14357 30776))
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15001
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15002 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15003 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15004 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15005 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15006 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15007 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15008
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15009 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15010 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15011 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15012 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15013 parameters.
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15014 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15015
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15016 ;;;***
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15017
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15018 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15019 ;;;;;; display-time-mode) "time" "time.el" (14667 40846))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15020 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15021
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15022 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15023 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15025 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15026
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15027 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15028
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15029 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15030
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15031 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15032 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15033
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15034 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15035 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15036 This display updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15037 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15038 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15039 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15041 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15042 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15043 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15045 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15046 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15047 are displayed as well.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15048 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15050 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15052 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28764
a94b3ce0fa8c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
15053 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (14599 11147))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15056 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15057 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15058 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15059 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15060 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15061 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15062 look like one of the following:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15063 Time-stamp: <>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15064 Time-stamp: \" \"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15065 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15066 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15067 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15068 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15069 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15070 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15071 template." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15073 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15074 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15075 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15076
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15077 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15078
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15079 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15080 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15081 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14717 22266))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15082 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15083
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15084 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15086 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15087 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15088
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15089 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15090 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15092 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15093 Perform an action at time TIME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15094 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15095 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15096 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15097 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15098 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15099 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15101 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15103 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15104 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15105 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15106 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15107 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15109 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15111 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15112 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15113 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15114 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15116 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15117 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15118 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15119 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15120
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15121 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15122 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15123
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15124 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15125 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15127 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15128 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15129 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15130 The call should look like:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15131 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15132 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15133 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15134 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15135 be detected." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15137 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15138
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15139 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15140 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (13618 46800))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15141 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15142
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15143 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15144 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15145 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15146 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15147
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15148 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15149 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15150 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15151 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15152 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15153 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15154 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15156 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15158 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15159 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14642 26672))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15160 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15161 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15162 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15163 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15165 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15166 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15167 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15168 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15169 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15171 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15172 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15173 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15174 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15175 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15177 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15178 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15179 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15180 in the menu in two ways:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15181 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15182 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15183 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15185 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15186 keymap or an alist of alists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15187 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15188 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15189
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15190 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15191
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15192 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-print todo-save-top-priorities todo-top-priorities)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15193 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14690 14754))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15194 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15195
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15196 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15197 List top priorities for each category.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15198
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15199 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15200 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15201
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15202 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15203 between each category." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15204
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15205 (autoload (quote todo-save-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15206 Save top priorities for each category in `todo-file-top'.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15207
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15208 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15209 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15210
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15211 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
15212 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15213 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15214 between each category.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15215
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15216 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15217
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15218 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
15219
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15220 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15221 ;;;;;; (14720 1500))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15222 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15223
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15224 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15225 Mode for tooltip display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15226 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15227
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15228 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15229 Toggle tooltip-mode.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15231 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15232
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15233 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15234
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15235 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15236
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15237 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15238
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15239 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14299
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15240 ;;;;;; 63726))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15243 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15244
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15245 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15246
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15247 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15248 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15249
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15250 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15252 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15253 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (13623 36919))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15256 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15257 Set scroll margins." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15259 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15260 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15261
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15262 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15263 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15265 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15266
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15267 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15270 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15271 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15272 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15273 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15274 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15275
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15276 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15278 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28542
diff changeset
15279 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15280 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15281
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15282 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15283 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15284
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15285 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15286 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15287 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15288 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15289 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15290 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15291 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15292 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15294 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15295 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15296 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15297 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15298 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15299 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15300 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15302 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15304 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15305 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (13940 33924))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15307 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15308 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15309 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15311 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15312 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15313 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15314 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15315 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15316 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15317 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15319 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15320 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15321 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15322 accepting the proposed default buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15324 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15325
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15326 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15327 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15328 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15329 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15330 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15331 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15332 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15333
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15334 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15335 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15336
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15337 First column's text sSs Second column's text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15338 \\___/\\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15339 / \\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15340 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15342 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15343
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15344 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15346 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15347 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15348 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
15349 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14716 1568))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15350 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15351
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15352 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15353 Toggle typing break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15354 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15356 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15357
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15358 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15359
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15360 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15362 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15363 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15365 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15366 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15367
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15368 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15369 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15370 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15372 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15373 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15374
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15375 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15376 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15377 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15378
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15379 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15380 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15381 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15382 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15383 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15384 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15386 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15387 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15388 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15389 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15391 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15392 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15394 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15395 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15397 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15398 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15399 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15400
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15401 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15402 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15403 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15404 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15405 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15406 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15407 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15408
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15409 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15410 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15412 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15413 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15414 reset the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15415
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15416 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15417 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15418 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15419 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15421 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15422 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15423 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15424 `type-break-schedule' command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15425
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15426 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15427 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15428 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15429 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15430 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15431 or not to continue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15433 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15434 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15435 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15436 approximate good values for this.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15438 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15439 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15441 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15442 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15443 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15444 `type-break-warning-repeat'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15445 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15446 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15448 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15449 a typing break occur. They include:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15451 `type-break-query-mode'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15452 `type-break-query-function'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15453 `type-break-query-interval'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15455 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15457 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15458 Take a typing break.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15460 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15461 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15463 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15464 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15466 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15467 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15468 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15469 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15471 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15472 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15474 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15475 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15476 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15477 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15478 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15479 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15480 average typing speed.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15482 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15483 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15484 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15485 the computed maximum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15486
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15487 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15488 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15489 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15490 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15491 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15492
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15493 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15494
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15495 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15496 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15497 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15499 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15500 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15501 Works by overstriking underscores.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15502 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15503 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15505 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15506 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15507 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15508 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15510 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15512 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
15513 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15516 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15517 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15518 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15520 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15521 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15522 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15523 following the containing message." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15525 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15527 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
15528 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15529 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15530
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15531 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15532 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15533 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15534 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15535 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15536 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15537
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15538 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15539 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15541 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15544 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43297))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15545 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15546
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15547 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15548 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15549 This function has a choice of three things to do:
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
15550 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15551 to refrain from editing the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15552 return t (grab the lock on the file)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15553 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15554 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15555 in any way you like." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15557 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15558 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15559 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15560 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15561 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15563 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15564 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15566 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15568 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15569 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15570 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15571 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15572 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-annotate-mode-hook
28523
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
15573 ;;;;;; vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (14565
47e1a131eef3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
15574 ;;;;;; 59735))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15575 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15577 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15578 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15579 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15581 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15582 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15583 See `run-hooks'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15585 (defvar vc-annotate-mode-hook nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15586 *Hooks to run when VC-Annotate mode is turned on.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15587
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15588 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15589 Execute BODY, checking out a writable copy of FILE first if necessary.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15590 After BODY has been executed, check-in FILE with COMMENT (a string).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15591 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15592 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15593 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15595 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15596 Edit FILE under version control, executing BODY. Checkin with COMMENT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15597 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15598 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15600 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15601 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15602 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15603 it will operate on the file in the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15604 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15605 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15606 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15607 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15608 lock steals will raise an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15609 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15610
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15611 For RCS and SCCS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15612 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15613 control.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15614 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15615 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15616 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15617 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15618 it performs a revert.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15619 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15620 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15621 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15622 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15623 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15624 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15625 the option to steal the lock.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15627 For CVS files:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15628 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15629 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15630 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15631 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15632 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15633 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15634 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15635 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15636 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15638 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15639 Register the current file into your version-control system." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15641 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15642 Display diffs between file versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15643 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15644 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15645 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15646 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15648 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15649 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15650 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15651 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15652
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15653 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15654 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15655 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15656 the variable `vc-header-alist'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15658 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15660 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15661 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15662 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15664 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" nil t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15666 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15667 Make a snapshot called NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15668 The snapshot is made from all registered files at or below the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15669 directory. For each file, the version level of its latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15670 version becomes part of the named configuration." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15672 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15673 Retrieve the snapshot called NAME, or latest versions if NAME is empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15674 When retrieving a snapshot, there must not be any locked files at or below
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15675 the current directory. If none are locked, all registered files are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15676 checked out (unlocked) at their version levels in the snapshot NAME.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15677 If NAME is the empty string, all registered files that are not currently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15678 locked are updated to the latest versions." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15679
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15680 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15681 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15683 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15684 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15685 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15686 to that version. Note that for RCS and CVS, this function does not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15687 automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15688 use C-u \\[vc-next-action] RET to do so." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15689
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15690 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15691 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15692 A prefix argument means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15693
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15694 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15695 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15697 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15698 Find change log file and add entries from recent RCS/CVS logs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15699 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15700 directory using `rcs2log', which finds CVS logs preferentially.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15701 The mark is left at the end of the text prepended to the change log.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15703 With prefix arg of C-u, only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15705 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15706 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15707 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15709 From a program, any arguments are assumed to be filenames and are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15710 passed to the `rcs2log' script after massaging to be relative to the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15711 default directory." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15712
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15713 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15714 Display the result of the CVS `annotate' command using colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15715 New lines are displayed in red, old in blue.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15716 A prefix argument specifies a factor for stretching the time scale.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15718 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15719 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15720 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15721 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15723 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15725 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27321
a9e8dcb78b6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27164
diff changeset
15726 ;;;;;; (14385 10956))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15728
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15729 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15730 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15731
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15732 Usage:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15733 ------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15734
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15735 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15736 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15737 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15738 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15739 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15740 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15741 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15742 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15743 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15744 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15745 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15746 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15747 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15748 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15749 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15750 The following abbreviations can also be used:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15751 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15752 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15753 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15755 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15756 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15757 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15758
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15759 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15760 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15761 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15762 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15763 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15764 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15765 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15766 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15767 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15768
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15769 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15770 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15771 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15772 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15773 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15774 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15775 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15776 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15778 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15779 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15780 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15781
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15782 - COMMENTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15783 `--' puts a single comment.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15784 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15785 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15786 comment in between.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15787 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15788 following lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15789 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15790 uncomments a region if already commented out.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15792 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15793 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15794 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15795 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15796 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15797 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15798 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15799 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15800 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15801 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15802 multi-line comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15803
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15804 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15805 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15806 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15807 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15808 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15809 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15810 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15811 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15812 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15814 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15815 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15816 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15817 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15818 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15819 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15820 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15821 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15822 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15823 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15825 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15826 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15827 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15828 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15829 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15830 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15831 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15832 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15833 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15834 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15835 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15836 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15837 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15839 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15840
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15841 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15842 menu).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15844 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15845
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15846 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15847 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15848 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15849 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15850 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15851
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15852 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15853 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15854 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15855 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15856 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15857 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15858 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15859 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15860 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15861
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15862 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15863 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15864 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15865 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15866 specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15868 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15869 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15870 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15871 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15872 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15873 the current directory for VHDL source files.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15875 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15876 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15877 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15878 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15879 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15880 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15881 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15882 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15883 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15884 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15885 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15887 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15888 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15889 Math Packages.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15890
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15891 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15892 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15893 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15894 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15895 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15896 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15897 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15898 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15899
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15900 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15901 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15902 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15903 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15904 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15905 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15906
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15907 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15908 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15909 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15910 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15911 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15913 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15914 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15915 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15916 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15917 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15918
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15919 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15920 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15921 highlighted if written in lower case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15922
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15923 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15924 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15925 is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15926
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15927 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15928 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15929 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15930
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15931 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15932 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15933 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15935 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15936 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15937 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15938
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15939 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15940 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15941 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15942 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15943 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15944 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15945 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15946
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15947 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15948 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15949 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15950 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15951 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15952
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15953 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15954 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15955 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15956 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15958 - HINTS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15959 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15962 Maintenance:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15963 ------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15965 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15966 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15967
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15968 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15969
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15970 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15971 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15972 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15973 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15975 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15976 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15977 version and release notes can be found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15980 Bugs and Limitations:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15981 ---------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15983 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15984 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15985 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15986 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15987 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15988 does not work under XEmacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15991 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15992 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15994 Key bindings:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15995 -------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15997 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15998
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15999 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16000
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16003
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16004 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16005 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16006 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16007 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16009 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16010 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16011 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16012 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16013 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16015 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16016 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16017
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16018 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16019
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16020 * Limitations and unsupported features
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16021 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16022 not supported.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16023 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16024 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16026 * Modifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16027 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16028 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16029 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16030 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16031 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16032 for undoing a repeated change command.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16033 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16034 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16035 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16036
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16037 * Extensions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16038 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16039 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16040 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16041 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16042 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16043 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16044 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16045 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16047 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16049 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16051 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16052 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16053 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16054 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (14623 45992))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16055 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16057 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16058 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16059
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16060 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16061 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16062 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16063 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16065 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16066 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16068 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16069 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16070 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16071 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16072
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16073 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16074 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16075
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16076 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16078 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16080 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16082 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16083 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16084 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14550
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16085 ;;;;;; 6934))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16086 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16087
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16088 (defvar view-mode nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16089 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16090 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16091 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16092
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16093 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16095 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16096 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16097 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16098 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16099 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16100 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16101 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16103 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16105 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16106 View FILE in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16107 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16108 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16109 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16110 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16111 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16112 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16114 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16116 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16117 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16118 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16119 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16120 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16121 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16122 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16123 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16125 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16127 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16128 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16129 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16130 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16131 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16132 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16133 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16134
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16135 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16136
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16137 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16138 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16139 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16141 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16142 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16143 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16144 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16145 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16146 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16147 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16148 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16150 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16152 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16153 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16154 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16156 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16157 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16158 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16159 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16160 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16161 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16162 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16163 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16164
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16165 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16167 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16168 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16169 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16171 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16172 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16173 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16175 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16176 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16177 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16178 read-only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16179 \\<view-mode-map>
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16180 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16181 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16182 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16183 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16184 commands default to a repeat count of one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16185
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16186 H, h, ? This message.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16187 Digits provide prefix arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16188 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16189 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16190 > move to the end of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16191 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16192 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16193 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16194 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16195 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16196 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16197 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16198 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16199 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16200 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16201 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16202 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16203 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16204 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16205 Use this to view a changing file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16206 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16207 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16208 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16209 . set the mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16210 x exchanges point and mark.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16211 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16212 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16213 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16214 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16215 ' go to position saved in character register.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16216 s do forward incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16217 r do reverse incremental search.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16218 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16219 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16220 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16221 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16222 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16223 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16224 p searches backward for last regular expression.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16225 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16226 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16227 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16228 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16229 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16230 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16231 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16232 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16234 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16235 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16236 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16237 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16238 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16239 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16240 will return to that buffer.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16241
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16242 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16244 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16245 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16246 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16247 `view-return-to-alist'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16248 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16249 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16250 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16251
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16252 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16253 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16254 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16255 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16256 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16257 1) nil Do nothing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16258 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16259 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16260 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16261 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16263 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16265 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16266
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16267 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16268 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16269
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16270 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16271
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16272 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16275 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16276 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16277
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16278 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16279
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16280 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16281 ;;;;;; (14651 36650))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16283
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16284 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16285 Toggle Viper on/off.
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16286 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16287
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16288 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16289 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16290
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16291 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16292
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16293 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14223 54012))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16296 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16297 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16298
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16299 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16300 hotlist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16301
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16302 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16303 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16304
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16305 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16307 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode which-func-mode-global) "which-func"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16308 ;;;;;; "which-func.el" (14281 33928))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16309 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16310
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16311 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16312 *Toggle `which-func-mode' globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16313 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16314 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode'.")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16315
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16316 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16317
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16318 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16319
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16320 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16322 (autoload (quote which-func-mode) "which-func" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16323 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16324 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16325 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16327 With prefix arg, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16328 and off otherwise." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16330 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16331
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16332 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-cleanup-region
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16333 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer) "whitespace"
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16334 ;;;;;; "whitespace.el" (14655 26079))
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16335 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16336
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16337 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16338 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16339
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16340 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16341 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16342 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16343 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16344 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16345
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16346 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16347 and:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16348 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16349 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16350
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16351 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16352 Check a region specified by point and mark for whitespace errors." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16353
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16354 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16355 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16356
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16357 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16358 whitespace problems." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16359
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16360 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16361 Whitespace cleanup on a region specified by point and mark." t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16362
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16363 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16364 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16365
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16366 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16367 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16368
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16369 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16370 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16371 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16372 replaced with TABS).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16373 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16374 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16375
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16376 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16377
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16378 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16379 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16380
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16381 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16382 i - Indentation whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16383 l - Leading whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16384 s - Space followed by Tab.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16385 t - Trailing whitespace.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16386
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16387 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
26724
8dbcefccbde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26118
diff changeset
16388 !<y>.
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16389
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16390 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16391 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16392 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16393 always they default to 8.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16394
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16395 Changing tab-width to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16396 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16397 even print it.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16398
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16399 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16400 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16401 should never have to set your tab-width to be other than 8 in all these
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16402 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16403 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16404 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16405 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16406 to set smarttab.)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16407
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16408 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16409 merge problems.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16410
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16411 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16412 warn you on closing a file also. (if in case you had inserted any
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16413 whitespaces during the process of your editing.)" t nil)
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16414
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16415 ;;;***
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16416
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16418 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (13218 28813))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16420
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16421 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16422 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16423
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16424 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16425 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16426
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16427 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16428 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16430 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16431 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16432 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16433
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16434 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16437 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (14726 36008))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16439
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16440 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16441 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16442 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16443
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16444 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16445 Create widget of TYPE.
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16446 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16448 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16449 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16451 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16452
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16453 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16454 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14485
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16455 ;;;;;; 64331))
27545
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16456 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16457
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16458 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16459 Select the window to the left of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16460 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16461 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16462 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16463 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16464 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16465
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16466 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16467 Select the window above the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16468 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16469 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16470 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16471 negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16472 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16473
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16474 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16475 Select the window to the right of the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16476 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16477 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16478 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16479 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16480 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16481
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16482 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16483 Select the window below the current one.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16484 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16485 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16486 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16487 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16488 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16489
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16490 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16491 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16492
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16493 ;;;***
ea6b156518f2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27327
diff changeset
16494
28077
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16495 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16496 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16497 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16498
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16499 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16500 Toggle winner-mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16502 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16503
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16504 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16505
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16506 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16507
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16508 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16509 Toggle Winner mode.
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16510 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16511
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16512 ;;;***
30c2ad45d57b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27949
diff changeset
16513
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16515 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14689 44350))
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16516 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16517
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16518 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16519 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16520 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16521 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16522 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16523 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16524 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16525 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16526
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16527 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16528 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16529
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16530 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16531 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16532
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16533 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16534 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16535 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16536 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29505
ca9466e54ffe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28939
diff changeset
16537 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16538 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16539 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16540 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16541
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16542 ;;;***
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28764
diff changeset
16543
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16544 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16545 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16547
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16548 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16549 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16551 BUGS:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16552 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16553 are not implemented
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16554 - Options for search and replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16555 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16556 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16558 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16559 Emacs-like.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16560
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16561 The key bindings are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16562
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16563 C-a backward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16564 C-b fill-paragraph
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16565 C-c scroll-up-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16566 C-d forward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16567 C-e previous-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16568 C-f forward-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16569 C-g delete-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16570 C-h backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16571 C-i indent-for-tab-command
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16572 C-j help-for-help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16573 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16574 C-l ws-repeat-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16575 C-n open-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16576 C-p quoted-insert
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16577 C-r scroll-down-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16578 C-s backward-char
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16579 C-t kill-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16580 C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16581 C-v overwrite-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16582 C-w scroll-down
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16583 C-x next-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16584 C-y kill-complete-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16585 C-z scroll-up
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16586
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16587 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16588 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16589 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16590 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16591 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16592 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16593 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16594 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16595 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16596 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16597 C-k b ws-begin-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16598 C-k c ws-copy-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16599 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16600 C-k f find-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16601 C-k h ws-show-markers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16602 C-k i ws-indent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16603 C-k k ws-end-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16604 C-k p ws-print-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16605 C-k q kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16606 C-k r insert-file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16607 C-k s save-some-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16608 C-k t ws-mark-word
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16609 C-k u ws-exdent-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16610 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16611 C-k v ws-move-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16612 C-k w ws-write-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16613 C-k x kill-emacs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16614 C-k y ws-delete-block
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16615
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16616 C-o c wordstar-center-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16617 C-o b switch-to-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16618 C-o j justify-current-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16619 C-o k kill-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16620 C-o l list-buffers
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16621 C-o m auto-fill-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16622 C-o r set-fill-column
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16623 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16624 C-o wd delete-other-windows
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16625 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16626 C-o wo other-window
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16627 C-o wv split-window-vertically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16629 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16630 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16631 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16632 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16633 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16634 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16635 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16636 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16637 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16638 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16639 C-q a ws-query-replace
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16640 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16641 C-q c end-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16642 C-q d end-of-line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16643 C-q f ws-search
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16644 C-q k ws-to-block-end
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16645 C-q l ws-undo
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16646 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16647 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16648 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16649 C-q w ws-last-error
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16650 C-q y ws-kill-eol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16651 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16652 " t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16654 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16655
27949
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16656 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
e06c6af9d981 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27545
diff changeset
16657 ;;;;;; 149))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16658 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16660 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16661 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16662 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16664 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16666 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16667
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16668 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16669 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (13607 43571))
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16671
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16672 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16673 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16674
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16675 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16676 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16678 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16679 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16680 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16682 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16683 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16685 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16686
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16687 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14728 34415))
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16688 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16689
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16690 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16691 Zone out, completely." t nil)
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16692
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16693 ;;;***
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29505
diff changeset
16694
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
28212
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16696 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (13674 20513))
7252a5d43f22 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28162
diff changeset
16697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16699 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16700 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16701
25998
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16702 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16703 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16704
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16705 Zone-mode does two things:
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16706
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16707 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16708 when saving the file
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16709
b04d6e7e4790 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25876
diff changeset
16710 - fontification" t nil)
25876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16712 ;;;***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16714 ;;; Local Variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16715 ;;; version-control: never
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16716 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16717 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16718 ;;; End:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16719 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here